Federal Democratic Republic of Nepal MoWSS (Ministry of Water Supply and Sanitation) NWSC (Nepal Water Supply Corporation)
PREPARATORY SURVEY REPORT ON THE PROJECT FOR IMPROVEMENT OF WATER SUPPLY IN POKHARA IN FEDERAL DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF NEPAL
September 2016
JAPAN INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION AGENCY
NJS CONSULTANTS CO., LTD. GE YACHIYO ENGINEERING CO., LTD. JR 16-086 SUMMARY
1. Overview of Nepal
Federal Democratic Republic of Nepal (hereinafter referred to as “Nepal”), a landlocked country elongated in northwest to southeast direction, is bordered by India to the East, West, and South, and by China (Tibet Autonomous Region) to the North. Nepal has a population of approximately 26.49 million (Nepal Central Bureau of Statistics, 2011 census), and GDP/cap of 68,683 NPR (approx. 703 USD) (2013/2014 fiscal year, Nepal Central Bureau of Statistics).
Geographically, the country has the Himalayan Mountains areas, the central hill areas, and the Terai plains. Mount Everest (Sagarmatha) which is the highest Mountain rises in the mountain area. Therefore, the country plays a role as the gateway to Himalayan climbing. The country’s area is approximately 147,000km2, which is approximately 1.8 times the size of Hokkaido in Japan.
Nepal is a multi-ethnic and multi-language nation (ethnic Indo-Aryan, Tibeto-Burman ethnic groups) with complex ethnic and caste systems. Religion in Nepal is also complex with the intermixing of Hinduism (original national religion), Buddhism and Animism.
2. Background and Outline of the Project
Nepal’s water sector is facing a lot of problems such as poor water quality, limited water supply and lack of investment. The Government of Nepal (hereinafter referred to as “GoN”) plans to provide reliable and safe drinking water and sanitation service to all the people by 2017, based on the National Development Strategy “AN APPROACH PAPER TO THE THIRTEENTH PLAN (FY 2013/14 to 2015/16)” (hereinafter referred to as “the Approach Paper”). “National Urban Water Supply and Sanitation - Sector Policy, April 2009” is also referred to ensure the availability of safe accessible and adequate water supply services to all urban populations).
Pokhara city, the second largest city in Nepal and target area of the Project, is located in western Nepal. The city has a population of 250,000 and receives around 230,000 visitors per year making it the largest tourist city in the country. Although Pokhara city is a popular tourist destination, there are many problems concerning water quality, water supply frequency and capital capacity for investment etc.
As for water quality, turbidity level of Nepal Drinking Water Quality Standard is set at 5 NTU; however, 54% of households had the turbidity level above 50 NTU and this condition would usually continue longer than 50 days during the rainy season. Furthermore, E. coli was detected in 98% of tap water, thus it could be assumed that proper water treatment and chlorine injection are not performed. Therefore, bottled water or simple-filtered water is the main sources of drinking water.
With regard to water supply frequency, 21% of the residents in the water supply area (96% of total population in water supply is served by Nepal Water Supply Corporation (hereinafter referred to as “NWSC”) service) receive water 7 days a week. On the other hand, 23% of the residents receive water only one day a week. Such
Summary-1 uneven water supply frequency in the city has become an issue that needs to address urgently. In low water supply frequency area, people need to reserve water in tanks when water is available, which is very inconvenient for daily activities.
Regarding the capacity for capital investment, in 2014, NWSC’s revenue balance had a cumulative deficit of 1.0 billion Japanese yen. Although significant increases of water tariff were carried out in 2014 to eliminate the deficit, it is still difficult for NWSC to implement capital investment so as to improve service.
Due to this situation, GoN requested Government of Japan (hereinafter referred to as “GoJ”) for a Grant Aid assistance for the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara (hereinafter referred to as “the Project”) on March 2014 to improve the water supply service in Pokhara city through the construction of water supply facilities such as grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and water treatment plant (hereinafter referred to as “WTP”), reservoirs and renovation/ construction of pipeline.
The GoJ decided to carry out the preparatory survey on water supply project in Pokhara city through JICA. JICA dispatched the survey team (hereinafter to as “the Team”) to Nepal to conduct the outline design from April to June and from July to September 2015. The Team is again dispatched to Nepal in July 2016 to explain the draft outline of the design.
Based on the result of the preparatory survey, the Project scope was decided. The objective of the Project is to improve water supply service in Pokhara city and to increase revenue of NWSC Pokhara Branch, by/through construction of water treatment facilities, improvement of distribution system including reservoirs, and purchasing goods such as customer meters, thereby contributing to improvement of livelihood of residence in Pokhara city.
In addition, the Project corresponds to GoN’s development policy. Thus, the relevance and necessity of the Project is evaluated as high.
3. Outline of the Survey Results and Project Contents
In the preparatory survey, target area: central 21 areas of Pokhara city, target year: 2025, water supply population: 405,881, capacity of water treatment: 41,000m3/day, are set based on the result of site survey and discussion with the GoN. The basic design policies for the water supply facilities are shown below. i) The design flow has been set as 41,000m3/day for the Project, based on the availability of the intake flow at the existing intake weir in the Mardi River and the capacity of the existing raw water transmission pipe. ii) The target area is the same as the current water supply area of NWSC Pokhara Branch. Namely, a part of the new administrative areas (Ward No. 19, 26, 28) and the old administrative areas (Ward No. 1 to 18 are set as the target area). iii) Target year of the Project is set as 2025, fifteen years after the first project for the water supply investment implemented by NWSC in 2010 and ten years after commencement of the Project planning
Summary-2 in 2015. On the other hand, construction of the Project will be completed in 2020. iv) At present, turbidity of tap water is high since water is supplied without water treatment, and coliforms are detected from water tap due to improper chlorination. The construction of water treatment facilities and installation of chlorination equipment at main reservoirs under the Project will significantly contribute to the improvement of water quality. v) Water is currently being supplied for 7 days/week in a part of the city, while many areas serves only 1 to 3 days/week. Transmission/ distribution facilities shall be improved under the Project in order to supply water to customers equally across the areas, and distribute water 7 days/week even if there are restrictions in hours of service. vi) Based on the survey results, the existing intake weir in the Mardi river and raw water transmission pipe are still usable. On the other hand, some parts of the existing raw water transmission pipe require replacement due to pipe leakage and the fact that some pipes are exposed and susceptible to flooding. Also, replacement of some sections of the existing raw water transmission pipes shall be carried out, in order to improve the hydraulic performance of the pipelines and enable design flow to be transferred from the existing intake weir to the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank by gravity. Moreover, raw water transmission pipes on the pipe bridge to pass the Seti River, will be replaced to under the riverbed, so as to avoid possible damage caused by floods. vii) Water treatment facilities will be designed so as to use as little electricity as possible since power supply is not stable in Pokhara city. Therefore, the transmission system from the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP to the reservoirs and distribution system is designed as a gravity system, rather than pumping system.
The outline scope of the Project is shown in Table -1.
Table -1 Outline of the Project Facilities/ Items Contents of the Proposed Facilities Facilities Dia. 800mm, Length 1.2km Raw Water Transmission Pipe Construction (Replacement) Grit Chamber/ Sedimentation Tank 42,000m3/day Water Treatment Plant (WTP) Slow Sand Filter 41,000m3/day Clear Water Transmission Pipe Dia. 300-500mm, Length 7.9km Water Reservoir: 2 tanks Reservoir, Overhead Tank Overhead Tank :1 tank Distribution Main Dia. 150-500mm, Length 49.8km Distribution Sub Main Dia. 50-150mm, Length 52.9km Service Pipe Dia. 13mm, 7,300 Locations Facilities Rehabilitation of Chlorination Facilities Existing Reservoir 2 nos Rehabilitation Flow Metter Dia. 200-400mm Existing Overhead Tank Flow Metter Dia. 200mm, Dia. 400mm Existing Tube Well 3 nos Flow Meter
Summary-3 Facilities/ Items Contents of the Proposed Facilities Material and Customer Meter 9,000 units Equipment Water Quality Analysis Equipment 1 lot Procurement Small Size Excavator 2 units Pipe Detector 2 units Valve Detector 2 units Soft Component (S/C) - O&M of Constructed Facilities - O&M of Distribution System - Quality Control of Service Pipe Installation - Water Quality Analysis Detailed Design and Construction Supervision 1 set
4. Schedule and Cost of the Project
Six (6) months for the detailed design, three (3) months for tendering procedures, thirty (30) months for procurement and construction works are planned and total months including soft components shall be forty six (46) months. The Project cost to be borne by Nepalese side is 327 million yen, and the cost to be borne by Japanese side is confidential until all the contracts of the Project are concluded.
5. Project Evaluation
As shown below, it is evaluated that relevance of the Project is evaluated high, and also effectiveness is expected.
(1) Relevance The Project accords with important issues of GoN (the provision of reliable water supply and sanitation services by 2017 to all of the people with the goal), and it is in keeping with Japan’s policy for international assistance (support of social and economic infrastructure development for sustainable and balanced economic growth).
According to the social conditions survey and stakeholders meeting, almost all Pokhara citizen expects the Project implementation. In addition, improvement of water service will contribute to the tourism industry which is a major industry in Pokhara city.
Thus, relevance of the Project is evaluated as high.
(2) Effectiveness Following qualitative and quantitative effects are expected by implementation of the Project.
1) Quantitative Effect
Summary-4 Table -2 Indicator of Quantitative Effect Baseline value Target value (year 2023) *1) Indicator (observed data in 2015) (three years after the Project completion) Water Quality Turbidity: 4 - 419 NTU*2) Turbidity: less than 5 NTU*4) (Turbidity, Residual Chlorine) Residual Chlorine: 0.0 mg/L *2) Residual Chlorine: more than 0.5 mg/L *4) Frequency of Water Supply 7 days/Week: 21% *3) 3-4 days/Week: 56% *3) 7 days/Week: 100% *5) 1 day/Week: 23% *3) *1) The target year shall be 2023, i.e. the evaluation of the Project will be done three years after the Project completion. *2) Measured at Bindhabasini reservoir during the rainy season, 2015 (Appendix 6-6). *3) The value based on the hearing from the customers and the social conditions survey (Appendix 6-13). *4) The concentration should be measured at the outlet of the WTP (at clear water reservoir). *5) It is assumed that the service area of NWSC Pokhara Branch as of 2023 will not significantly increase compared that of 2015. a) Quality of Treated Water WTP which is to be constructed by the Project aims to improve water quality.
Currently, turbidity of water is high and chlorine is not dosed appropriately. Under the Project, the WTP and chlorination facility are constructed for improvement of water quality.
To measure the effectiveness, water samples are taken at outlet of the WTP and water quality of the samples are measured. Items of measurement are turbidity and residual chlorine, which is required to measure every day in the Nepalese law. In addition, these items are expected to be improved by the Project.
Baseline value for water quality (shown in Table -2) is set as measured value at Bindhabasini reservoir during the rainy season in 2015. Target value for water quality is less than 5 NTU for turbidity and more than 0.1mg/L for residual chlorine. The target value was decided in accordance with the water quality standards in Nepal.
Water quality standard for residual chlorine in Nepal is 0.1mg to 0.2mg/L. This figure is very low in comparison with Japanese Standard (less than 1.0mg/L) and WHO Standard (less than 5.0mg/L). In addition, for keeping 0.1mg/L of chlorine at the taps, it should be more than 0.5mg/L at the outlet of the WTP because of consumption of chlorine in distribution pipes. Therefore, target value for residual chlorine is set as 0.5mg/L at outlet of the WTP. It should be noted that the minimum value of the residual chlorine should fulfill the standard of Nepal at any places such as the WTP outlet, reservoirs and taps.
Target year is set as 2023, which is 3 years later the Project completion (2020). Monitoring is carried out by NWSC at the sampling points, and water quality is measured at the laboratory in the WTP. b) Frequency of Water Supply Water distribution system is to be improved by the Project, so as to improve the frequency of water supply.
Currently according to the social conditions survey and hearing from customers at NWSC’s customer call center, some area in Pokhara city have 7 days/week water supply, but the other areas have 3 days/week water supply, or 1-2 days/week of water supply.
The Project, aims 7 days/week of water supply in the whole water supply area. Although supply hours are
Summary-5 not 24 hours, the target is even water supply for the all service area. Therefore, target value for frequency of water supply is set as 7 days/week of water supply for 100% of the service area.
Monitoring item is the frequency of water supply. Baseline value is set as result of the social conditions survey and hearing from customers at NWSC’s customer call center.
This monitoring is carried out by NWSC by interviewing the frequency to customers at the customer call center.
2) Qualitative Effect a) Improvement of water services by/through optimization of water supply pressure and reduction of water leakage Ratio of water leakage in Pokhara city is assumed as 36%, and water resource is not used effectively. Old water pipes, which have many water leakages, are replaced, and some of service pipes are renewed under the Project. Moreover, water distribution areas are divided according to the location of reservoirs, and it is effective for keeping water supply pressure appropriate. In result, water services are expected to be improved. b) Increase in revenue of NWSC Pokhara Branch by/through reduction of Non-Revenue Water and replacement of customer meter Under the Project, Nine thousands of customer meters are procured, and broken meters are replaced. It enables appropriate charge of water tariff, and it is also effective to avoid overuse of water by customers, because fixed-charge system is adopted for the broken meters.
In addition, decrease of non-revenue water (especially water leakage) contributes to increase of revenue water, and it also have positive impact to financial status of NWSC Pokhara Branch. c) Strengthening of financial status of NWSC Pokhara Branch and Improvement of livelihood of residence in Pokhara The above qualitative effects (improvement of water services and increase in revenue of NWSC Pokhara Branch) is expected to contribute to strengthen the financial status of NWSC Pokhara Branch as well as to improve livelihood of residence in Pokhara city.
Summary-6 PREPARATORY SURVEY REPORT ON THE PROJECT FOR IMPROVEMENT OF WATER SUPPLY IN POKHARA IN FEDERAL DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF NEPAL
Table of Contents
Summary Contents Location Map/ Perspective List of Figures & Tables Abbreviations
Chapter 1 Background of the Project ...... 1-1 1-1 Background and Outline of Grant Aid Request ...... 1 - 1 1-2 Natural Condition ...... 1-1 1-3 Environmental and Social Considerations ...... 1-7 1-3-1 Environmental Impact Assessment ...... 1-7 Project Components Which May Affect Local Environment and Community1-7 Environmental Setting ...... 1-8 Legal and Regulatory Framework ...... 1-10 Review of Alternative Plans including Zero-Option ...... 1-13 Scoping ...... 1-16 TOR on Environmental and Social Considerations ...... 1-19 Results of Environmental and Social Consideration Survey ...... 1-20 Environment Impact Assessment...... 1-21 Mitigation Measures and Cost of Mitigation Measures ...... 1-25 Environmental Management Plan and Monitoring Plan ...... 1-28 Stakeholder Meeting ...... 1-32 1-3-2 Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement ...... 1-33 Necessity of Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement ...... 1-33 Legal Framework for Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement ...... 1-33 Impact of Land Acquisition on Local Residents ...... 1-38 Compensation and Support ...... 1-42 Grievance Adjustment Mechanism ...... 1-44 Implementation Organization ...... 1-45 Implementation Schedule ...... 1-45 Estimated Cost and Budget ...... 1-45 Structure of Monitoring and Monitoring Format ...... 1-45
i
Public Consultation ...... 1-46 1-3-3 Others ...... 1-46 Monitoring Form ...... 1-46 Environmental Checklist ...... 1-46 Chapter 2 Contents of the Project ...... 2-1 2-1 Basic Concept of the Project ...... 2-1 2-1-1 Background ...... 2-1 2-1-2 National Target and Consistency of the Project ...... 2-1 2-1-3 Outline of the Project ...... 2-1 2-2 Outline Design of the Japanese Assistance ...... 2-3 2-2-1 Design Policy ...... 2-3 2-2-2 Basic Plan (Construction Plan/Equipment Plan) ...... 2-5 Water Demand Analysis ...... 2-6 Raw Water Transmission Facilities ...... 2-21 Water Treatment Facility ...... 2-25 Electrical Facility ...... 2-42 Water Quality Test ...... 2 - 4 4 Distribution Network ...... 2-44 Water Supply after the Project ...... 2-69 Service Connection and Customer Meters ...... 2-71 Equipment Procurement ...... 2-76 Selection of Appropriate Option for the Project ...... 2-78 2-2-3 Outline Design Drawing ...... 2-86 2-2-4 Implementation Plan ...... 2-124 Implementation Policy ...... 2-124 Implementation Conditions...... 2-125 Scope of Works ...... 2-127 Construction Supervision ...... 2-128 Quality Control Plan ...... 2-129 Procurement Plan ...... 2-130 Plan of Operation Guidance Including Initial Operation ...... 2-131 Soft Component Plan ...... 2-131 Implementation Schedule ...... 2-133 2-3 Obligations of Recipient Country ...... 2-135 2-4 Project Operation Plan...... 2-136 O&M Plan ...... 2-136 2-4-2 Proposed O&M Staff in Water Supply Facilities ...... 2-140 2-4-3 Job Descriptions on O&M of Water Supply Facilities ...... 2-142 2-4-4 Challenges for O&M of the Water Supply Facilities in NWSC Pokhara Branch ...... 2-143 2-5 Project Cost Estimation ...... 2-146
ii
2-5-1 Initial Cost Estimation ...... 2-146 2-5-2 Operation and Maintenance Costs ...... 2-148 Operation and Maintenance Costs ...... 2-148 Financial Conditions of NWSC and Operation & Maintenance Costs of the Project .. 2-149 Estimation of Pokhara Branch Financial Statements and Future Forecasting ...... 2-156 Suggestions and Recommendation s for NWSC’s Water Tariffs ...... 2-162 Chapter 3 Project Evaluation ...... 3-1 3-1 Preconditions ...... 3-1 3-2 Necessary Inputs by Recipient Country ...... 3-1 3-3 Important Assumptions ...... 3-1 3-4 Project Evaluation ...... 3-1 3-4-1 Relevance ...... 3-2 3-4-2 Effectiveness ...... 3-2
Appendix A-1 Member List of the Survey Team…………………………………………..……………...... A-1 A-2 Survey Schedule….……………………..…………………………………………….…...... A-4 A-3 List of Parties Concerned in the Recipient Country……….………..………………………...... A-8 A-4 Minutes of Discussions……………………..……………………………………………...... A-8 A-4-1 Minutes of Discussions on the First Preparatory Survey……………..……...………...... A-10 A-4-2 Minutes of Discussions on the Second Preparatory Survey………...…..……..……...... A-24 A-4-3 Minutes of Discussions on the Schematic Design Overview.………………..…..…...... A-52 A-5 Soft Component (Technical Assistance) Plan.……………………………..…………...... A-108 A-6 Other Relevant Data………………………………………..……………………….…...... A-116 A-6-1 Land Acquisition Monitoring Form.………………………………..………..………...... A-116 A-6-2 Monitoring Form (Draft)…..……………………..……..…………………….……...... A-120 A-6-3 JICA Environmental Checklist…………………………..……..…………….….…...... A-125 A-6-4 Seismic Capacity of Pipes Selected in the Project…...…………………….…….…...... A-135 A-6-5 Setting Basis of Water Leakage Rate after Completion of the Project…………….…...... A-136 A-6-6 Water Quality of the Mardi iver and Others………………………………………...... A-141 A-6-7 Result of Soil Survey……...…………………………………………………….…...... A-151 A-6-8 Estimated Income & Expenditure Statement by Water Tariff Scenario Estimated.…...... A-199 A-6-9 Report of Social Condition Survey…...……………………………………………...... A-211 A-6-10 Future measure for water services improvement of Pokhara city (Suggestion)………...A-246 A-6-11 Result of Capacity Assessment …………………………………………………...... A-251 A-6-12 Basis for Calculation of O&M Cost………………………………………………...... A-254 A-6-13 Calculation of Quantitative Effect Index (Frequency of Water Supply)………….….....A-257 A-7 References………………...………………………………………………………....…...... A-259
iii
LOCATION MAP
CHINA
Mahakali Karnali Seti Kaski istrict
Bheri Dhawalagiri Rapti Gandaki
Pokhara Bagmati Lumbini Kathmandu INDIA Narayani Sagarmatha Mechi Janakpur Kosi Pokhara city
(Kaski District) Nepal
Bindhabasini Reservoir
iv
PERSPECTIVE
Grit Chamber/ Sedimentation Tank
v
Water Treatment Plant (WTP)
vi
【List of Figures & Tables】
Figure 1-2-1 Monthly Average Rainfall, the Maximum and Minimum Average Temperature of Pokhara city ...... 1-4 Figure 1-3-1 Location of Grit Chamber/Sedimentation Tank and WTP ...... 1-8 Figure 1-3-2 Process of EIA in Nepal ...... 1-12 Figure 1-3-3 Monitoring Structure during Construction ...... 1-31 Figure 1-3-4 Monitoring and Reporting Structure in the WTP ...... 1-32 Figure 1-3-5 Grievance Redress Mechanism ...... 1-45 Figure 2-2-1 Relation of Water Supply Service Areas of NWSC and Pokhara municipality wards...... 2-7 Figure 2-2-2 Population Projection in Water Supply Service Area (time-sequential methods) ..... 2-9 Figure 2-2-3 Trend of the Number of Tourists to Nepal and Pokhara ...... 2-15 Figure 2-2-4 Raw Water Transmission Pipes, Before and After Project Implementation ...... 2-22 Figure 2-2-5 Hydrulic Profile of Raw Water Transmission Pipeline After the Project Implementation ...... 2-24 Figure 2-2-6 System Diagram for Plant Capacity of 25,000m3/day and 41,000m3/day ...... 2-26 Figure 2-2-7 Locations of WTP Candidate Sites ...... 2-27 Figure 2-2-8 Case-1 WTP Layout Plan ...... 2-31 Figure 2-2-9 Case-2 WTP Layout Plan ...... 2-32 Figure 2-2-10 Test Result of Settling Test in Rainy Season ...... 2-37 Figure 2-2-11 Division of Responsibility for Power Receiving Facility ...... 2-43 Figure 2-2-12 Elevation of Reservoirs and Service Areas (Existing) ...... 2-48 Figure 2-2-13 Proposed Schematic Diagram of Water Supply in Pokhara ...... 2-50 Figure 2-2-14 Proposed Service Areas and Locations of Reservoirs ...... 2-51 Figure 2-2-15 Elevation of Proposed Reservoirs and Service Areas (Plan) ...... 2-52 Figure 2-2-16 Layout of Proposed Clear Water Transmission Pipeline ...... 2-54 Figure 2-2-17 Current Status of Water Supply ...... 2-55 Figure 2-2-18 Results of Hydraulic Analysis (Locations in red show where hardly any water is supplied) ...... 2-57 Figure 2-2-19 Result of Hydraulic Analysis (Red lines show pipelines with 20% and more hydraulic gradient) ...... 2-58 Figure 2-2-20 Areas Reported with Many Leak Points ...... 2-59 Figure 2-2-21 Existing Pipes with Many Leak Points ...... 2-60 Figure 2-2-22 Existing CI Pipes ...... 2-61 Figure 2-2-23 Peak Hour Factor and Daily Maximum Water Demand ...... 2-62 Figure 2-2-24 Layout of Proposed Distribution Mains ...... 2-64 Figure 2-2-25 Priority Areas for Distribution Submain Development ...... 2-65 Figure 2-2-26 Conceptual Diagram of Distribution Submains and DMAs ...... 2-66 Figure 2-2-27 Layout of Proposed Distribution Submains ...... 2-67
vii
Figure 2-2-28 Water Flow from Proposed WTP to the Reservoirs ...... 2-69 Figure 2-2-29 Example of Intermittent Water Supply (in case of 130 lpcd) ...... 2-70 Figure 2-2-30 Example of Intermittent Water Supply (in case of 93 lpcd) ...... 2-71 Figure 2-2-31 Existing Distribution Submain Construction (Replacement) ...... 2-74 Figure 2-2-32 Distribution Main Construction and Connecting to Existing Distribution Submain ...... 2-74 Figure 2-2-33 Scope of Service Connection Work ...... 2-75 Figure 2-2-34 Soft Component – Implementation Schedule (Tentative) ...... 2-133 Figure 2-2-35 Implementation Schedule for Whole Project (Tentative) ...... 2-133 Figure 2-2-36 Detailed Implementation Schedule for Whole Project (Tentative) Quantitative . 2-134 Figure 2-4-1 Proposed Staff Assignment in Water Supply Facilities ...... 2-140
Table 1-2-1 Result of Water Quality Analysis in Dry Season ...... 1-5 Table 1-2-2 Result of Water Quality Analysis in Rainy Season ...... 1-6 Table 1-3-1 Project Components Which May Affect Local Environment and Community ...... 1-7 Table 1-3-2 Administrative Boundaries in the Project Site ...... 1-9 Table 1-3-3 Places of Cultural and Historical Significance in Pokhara ...... 1-9 Table 1-3-4 Laws and Regulations related to Environmental and social considerations in Nepal ...... …1-10 Table 1-3-5 Comparison of Alternatives ...... 1 - 1 4 Table 1-3-6 Scoping List ...... 1-16 Table 1-3-7 TOR on Environmental and Social Considerations ...... 1-19 Table 1-3-8 Table Results of Environmental and Social Consideration Survey ...... 1-20 Table 1-3-9 Result of Environmental Impact Assessment ...... 1-21 Table 1-3-10 Environmental Management Plan in Construction Phase ...... 1-25 Table 1-3-11 Environmental Management Plan after Construction ...... 1-27 Table 1-3-12 Monitoring Plan for Construction and Operation Stages ...... 1-28 Table 1-3-13 Summary of Stakeholder Meeting ...... 1-33 Table 1-3-14 Comparison of JICA Guideline and Nepal Laws ...... 1-34 Table 1-3-15 Process of Land Acquisition by NWSC ...... 1-37 Table 1-3-16 Number of Affected Population and Households ...... 1-38 Table 1-3-17 PAP (Project Affected Persons) in Age group ...... 1-38 Table 1-3-18 Types and Number of Households Which May Be Severely Impacted by Land Acquisition ...... 1-39 Table 1-3-19 Average Annual Household Incomes of PAP ...... 1-40 Table 1-3-20 Occupations of PAP ...... 1-40 Table 1-3-21 Type of House for 20% of PAP ...... 1-40 Table 1-3-22 Ownership of Domestic Goods by Affected Households ...... 1-41 Table 1-3-23 Sources of Loans Taken by Households ...... 1-41 Table 1-3-24 Details of Affected Assets...... 1-41
viii
Table 1-3-25 Type of Ownership of Affected Assets (Unit: Plot)) ...... 1-42 Table 1-3-26 Entitlement Matrix (Draft) ...... 1-43 Table 1-3-27 Public Consultation ...... 1-46 Table 2-1-1 Outline of the Project ...... 2-1 Table 2-2-1 Relation of Water Supply Service Areas of NWSC and Pokhara municipality wards2-7 Table 2-2-2 Projection Results of Population in Water Supply Service Area ...... 2-9 Table 2-2-3 International Water Balance by IWA and WBI ...... 2-10 Table 2-2-4 Parts of the Results of Interview Survey at NWSC Pokhara Branch (May, 2015) ... 2-12 Table 2-2-5 List of Reference Values of Water Consumption Unit of Other Organizations/Projects ...... 2-13 Table 2-2-6 Estimation results of Daily Average Water Consumption by Small Consumers in 2025 ...... 2-13 Table 2-2-7 Water Consumption by Large Consumers in 2014 ...... 2-14 Table 2-2-8 Survey Results on the Utilization of Public Water Stands ...... 2-16 Table 2-2-9 Estimated Volume of Current Water Supply in Pokhara ...... 2-16 Table 2-2-10 Water Consumption Volume by Small Consumers in 2014 ...... 2-17 Table 2-2-11 Working Ratio and Number of Water Meters ...... 2-18 Table 2-2-12 Authorized Consumption in 2015 ...... 2-18 Table 2-2-13 Classification Results of Distribution and Consumption Volume in Pokhara in 2015 ...... 2-19 Table 2-2-14 Authorized C1onsumption in 2025 ...... 2-19 Table 2-2-15 Classification Results of Distribution and Consumption Amount in Pokhara in 2025 ...... 2-19 Table 2-2-16 Volume of Water Available for Supply in 2025 ...... 2-20 Table 2-2-17 Summary of the Results of Water Demand Analysis ...... 2-21 Table 2-2-18 Flow Capacity of the Existing Raw Water Transmission Mains ...... 2-21 Table 2-2-19 Raw Water Transmission Pipeline Hydraulic Calculations after Project Implementation ...... 2-23 Table 2-2-20 Outline of WTP Candidate Sites ...... 2-28 Table 2-2-21 Elevation and Area of Candidate Sites ...... 2-29 Table 2-2-22 Necessary Land Area for Construction of Planned Facilities ...... 2-29 Table 2-2-23 Comparison of Case-1 and Case-2 ...... 2-33 Table 2-2-24 Comparison of Water Treatment Processes ...... 2-35 Table 2-2-25 Summary of Settling Test ...... 2 - 3 6 Table 2-2-26 Comparison of Roughing Filter and Sedimentation Tank ...... 2-38 Table 2-2-27 Comparison of Chlorination System ...... 2-39 Table 2-2-28 Outline of Water Treatment System ...... 2-40 Table 2-2-29 Water Quality Test Parameter in NWSC Pokhara ...... 2-44 Table 2-2-30 Distribution Network Issues...... 2-45 Table 2-2-31 Installation of Chlorination System ...... 2-45
ix
Table 2-2-32 Improvement of Existing Reservoirs ...... 2-46 Table 2-2-33 Facilities where Flowmeters will be installed ...... 2-46 Table 2-2-34 Proposed Reservoir Layout and its Service Area ...... 2-47 Table 2-2-35 Proposed Reservoirs ...... 2-49 Table 2-2-36 Outline of Existing and Proposed Reservoirs ...... 2-49 Table 2-2-37 Flow Rate to the Service Areas ...... 2-53 Table 2-2-38 Proposed Transmission Pipelines ...... 2-53 Table 2-2-39 Proposed Distribution Mains (m) ...... 2-62 Table 2-2-40 Length of Existing Pipelines (m) ...... 2-63 Table 2-2-41 Proposed Distribution Submains (m) ...... 2-66 Table 2-2-42 Customer Meter Replacement ...... 2-72 Table 2-2-43 Responsibility for Customer Meter Management (Current Purchase System) ...... 2-72 Table 2-2-44 Responsibility for Customer Meter Management (Rental System) ...... 2-73 Table 2-2-45 Service Connections ...... 2-75 Table 2-2-46 Customer Meters ...... 2-75 Table 2-2-47 Project Components and Subsequent Benefits ...... 2-78 Table 2-2-48 Comparison of Project Scope Options ...... 2-82 Table 2-2-49 List of Outline Design Drawings ...... 2-86 Table 2-2-50 Major Items of Grant Aid Project ...... 2-128 Table 2-2-51 Construction Work by Nepalese Side ...... 2-128 Table 2-2-52 Tests Related to Quality Control ...... 2-129 Table 2-2-53 Initial Operational Training ...... 2-131 Table 2-2-54 Soft Component and the Expected Result ...... 2-132 Table 2-2-55 Input for Soft Component ...... 2-132 Table 2-3-1 Undertakings by GoN and NWSC ...... 2-135 Table 2-4-1 Proposed Staff Assignment in the WTP ...... 2-137 Table 2-4-2 Nepal Drinking Water Quality Standard and Test Frequency ...... 2-138 Table 2-4-3 Number of Customer Meters and Meter Readers ...... 2-139 Table 2-4-4 Proposed Staff Assignment for O&M of Water Supply Facilities (Technical Section only) ...... 2-141 Table 2-4-5 SOP of WASMIP Model and Required Manuals/SOP ...... 2-143 Table 2-4-6 Proposed Periodic Inspection ...... 2-144 Table 2-5-1 Project Cost Borne by Nepalese Side...... 2-146 Table 2-5-2 Expected O&M Costs in the Project ...... 2-149 Table 2-5-3 NWSC Balance Sheets for the Last Four Years ...... 2-149 Table 2-5-4 NWSC Balance Sheets for the Last Four Years ...... 2-150 Table 2-5-5 NWSC Cash Flow Statement ...... 2-151 Table 2-5-6 Income of NWSC Pokhara Branch ...... 2-152 Table 2-5-7 Operating Expenses of NWSC Pokhara Branch ...... 2-152 Table 2-5-8 Annual O&M Costs in NWSC ...... 2-155
x
Table 2-5-9 Estimated Annual O&M Costs associated with the Project (2019-2025) ...... 2-156 Table 2-5-10 Estimated Income and Expenditure Statement of Pokhara Branch (2013/14) ...... 2-157 Table 2-5-11 Estimated Cash Flow Statement of Pokhara Branch (2013/14) ...... 2-158 Table 2-5-12 Water Tariff Scenarios ...... 2-159 Table 2-5-13 Average Payable Water Tariff for a Household in Pokhara Branch Jurisdiction Area ...... 2-159 Table 2-5-14 Facility Investment Covered by NWSC ...... 2-160 Table 2-5-15 Planned No. of Newly Installed and Replaced Meters Covered by NWSC ...... 2-160 Table 2-5-16 Financial Estimated Results by Water Tariff Scenario ...... 2-161 Table 2-5-17 Average Payable Water Tariff for Household for each Scenario...... 2-162
xi
【Abbreviations】
A/P Authorization to Pay AC Pipe Asbestos Pipe ADB Asian Development Bank B/A Banking Arrangement C/A Capacity Assessment CDC Chief District Committee CDO Chief District Office C/P Counterpart CI Pipe Cast Iron Pipe DF/R Draft Final Report DI Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe DMA District Metered Area DWSS Department of Water Supply and Sewerage E/N Exchange of Notes EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EPR Environmental Protection Rules F/R Final Report G/A Grant Agreement GDP Gross Domestic Product GI Pipe Galvanized Iron Pipe GoJ Government of Japan GoN Government of Nepal GPS Global Positioning System GRC Grievance Redress Committee HDPE Pipe High Density Polyethylene Pipe HWL High Water Level IC/R Inception Report IEE Initial Environmental Evaluation JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency KTM Kathmandu kVA Kilovolt-Ampere kWh Kilowatt-hour KUKL Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited LWL Low Water Level M/D Minutes of Discussion M/M Minutes of Meeting m3/day Cubic meter per day m3/hr Cubic meter per hour
xii
MDGs Millennium Development Goals MoHA Ministry of Home Affairs MoPE Ministry of Population and Environment MoSTE Ministry of Science, Technology and Environment MoUD Ministry of Urban Development MoWSS Ministry of Water Supply and Sanitation NEA Nepal Electricity Authority NPR Nepalese Rupee NWSC Nepal Water Supply Corporation O&M Operation and Maintenance ODA Official Development Assistance OJT On-the-job training SOP Standard Operating Procedure SRC Subproject Level Committee T/N Technical Note TOC Total Organic Carbon TOR Terms of Reference uPVC Pipe Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe RAP Resettlement Action Plan VAT Value-Added Tax VDC Village Development Committee WASMIP Water Supply Management Improvement Project WHO World Health Organization WTP Water Treatment Plant WUSC Water Users and Sanitation Committee WSSDO Water Supply and Sanitation Division Office
xiii
Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter1 Basic Concept of the Project
CHAPTER 1
BACKGROUND OF THE PROJECT
Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Chapter 1 Background of the Project
1-1 Background and Outline of Grant Aid Request Federal Democratic Republic of Nepal (hereinafter referred to as “Nepal”) is facing many problems of its water sector, such as poor water quality, limited water supply, lack of investment etc. on water supply facilities and is seeking the solution. Government of Nepal (hereinafter referred to as “GoN”) has a plan to provide a reliable and safe drinking water and sanitation service to all the people by 2017, based on the national development strategy “AN APPROACH PAPER TO THE THIRTEENTH PLAN (FY 2013/14 to 2015/16)” (hereinafter referred to as “the Approach paper”. “National Urban Water Supply and Sanitation – Sector Policy, April 2009” is also referred to ensure the availability of safe accessible and adequate water supply services to all urban populations.
According to this situation, GoN requested Government of Japan (hereinafter referred to as “GoJ”) a Grant Aid assistance for “the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara (hereinafter referred to as “the Project”)” on March 2014. Preparatory Survey Team (hereinafter referred to as “the Team”) was dispatched from April to September in 2015 and the Team implemented necessary study and outline design.
The Project, in order to improve the current problems of water supply services in Pokhara (water supply water quality and water supply frequency, etc.), is comprehensively upgrading the water supply facilities, including the construction of proposed WTP. Through the improvement of water supply services, along with the improvement of the living environment of Pokhara city residents, it aims to benefit also to tourism is the main industry of Pokhara city. In addition, due to the development of such improvement of water supply water quality including turbidity and water meter, it is possible to appropriate water tariff collection, sales of Nepal Water Supply Corporation (hereinafter referred to as “NWSC”) Pokhara Branch is expected.
The implementation of the Project is high need and relevance, because the Project is intended to support the resolution of important issues of GoN.
Contents of the Request/Outline of the Project 1) Water Supply Facilities Grit Chamber (intake flow from the Mardi River: 41,000m3/day) Pipe Bridge crossing the Seti River Water Treatment Plant (A part of intake flow from the Mardi River: 25,000m3/day) Distribution Main (Dia.100 to 500mm, Total Length 69,870m) 2) Others Soft Component Detail Design / Construction Supervision
1-2 Natural Condition (1) Geography Nepal is the landlocked country along the Himalaya Mountains and surrounded on all four sides by China and India. It is divided from Bangladesh by Siliguri Corridor in West Bengal State and from Bhutan by Sikkim State in India. The land of Nepal is shaped in a trapezoid and has 800km length, 200km width, and
1-1 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
147,181 km2. It is located at a latitude of from 26 to 31 degrees north, and at from 80 to 89 degrees east longitude.
Nepal consists of three geographical features, mountain, highland and the plain region called Terai. Each ecosystem belonging to the three regions cover the national land in zones from east to west. The most of the rivers in Nepal stream from north to south.
The high land region takes the largest area, 29.5% of the nation land and is composed of agricultural lands (19,783km2), natural/half natural lands (22,621 km2), and artificial lands (200 km2). The plain region, Terai, owns many agricultural lands and managed lands (14,104km2) with relatively less natural/half natural lands (4,280 km2). Terai has only natural water area (267 km2). The mountain area consists of natural water area, snow/glacier area (13,105 km2), and barren area (12,062 km2).
Pokhara city is the second largest city in Nepal and the central city in Kaski District, Gandaki Zone in the Western Development Region. It is located western 200km away from Kathmandu and in the smaller valley than Kathmandu’s. Its north-south length is within only a range of several kilometers. The altitude is 1,740m at the northern part and 827m at the southern part.
(2) Soil Condition Pokhara city is in the valley of diastrophism between the Himalaya Mountains and Mahabharat Mountains. The soils in the area from north-west to south-east contains gravel. Pokhara city has three main water resources, the deep valley of the Seti River, its branches and Phewa Lake. Geology of Pokhara is composed of three different types of soils, which are the quaternary sediment, combined sediment and rocks. Especially, two types of the combined sediments, which are Pokhara layer and Tarakot layer, occupy most of the area in the city.
Pokhara layer is mainly made of sediment of mudslide. It is silty and sandy gravel combined with limestone, schist, gneiss and granite. Generally, it is covered by surface ground 2m deep and fluctuates with the range of the maximum 80m in thickness. Sometimes, Karst structures can be found in the underground and it gives bearing power to the soil extensively.
On the other hand, Tarakot layer is made of the sediment of mudslide which contains silt with calcium and cobblestone-sized clods. The maximum thickness of the layer is around 200m. This type of soil has less bearing power and often causes land subsidence.
The soil survey for the several target areas mentioned below has been conducted by a local subcontractor.
Construction site of grit chamber/sedimentation tank： 3pcs Construction site of WTP： 3pcs Existing truss type water pipe bridge： 2pcs Access road for WTP： 3pcs Construction site of No.1-3 reservoirs： 3pcs for each 5 sites River crossing points of transmission and distribution pipe lines： 2pcs for each 5 sites
1-2 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
According to result of the survey, it shows soil of the construction site of WTP and the city area contains a large quantity of debris. Therefore, N-value exceeds 40 near the ground surface and the soil can be given an evaluation of having sufficient bearing power. Therefore, for the foundation of the structure it is determined to mat foundation.
The boring data of the site of grit chamber/sedimentation tank, WTP, reservoirs and river crossing points of transmission and distribution pipelines are shown in Appendix 6-7.
(3) Climate Nepal has five zones of climate conditions according to the altitude. The tropical and subtropical zones are at an altitude below 1,200m, the temperate zone from 1,200 to 2,400m, Boreal zone from 2,400 to 3,600 m, the subarctic zone from 3,600 to 4,400m, and the arctic zone higher than 4,400m.
There are five seasons in Nepal, summer, monsoon, autumn, winter and spring. The Himalaya Mountains prevent cold winds from coming in to southern area from Central Asia and stop the storm of monsoon. The land which used to be deeply covered by forests now has problems with the deterioration of ecosystem caused by deforestation.
Although Pokhara city belongs to the subtropical zone, the temperature can keep relatively mild due to its altitude. The average temperature in summer is in a range from 25 to 33 °C while the average in winter is from -2 to 15 ℃. Pokhara city and its surrounding area are known to have a large amount of rainfall in a year and Lumle, which is located 40km away from the city center of Pokhara, had the remarkable rainfall record (over 5,600mm per year). It does not snow in Pokhara city through a year while it sometimes snows in winter in its surrounding area at highland. The weather in summer is humid and it rains much in the monsoon season from July to September. On the other hand, it is continuously sunny in winter and spring. The minimum temperature in Pokhara city was recorded 0.5 °C on 13th January, 2012 while the maximum temperature was recorded 38.5 °C on 4th May, 2013.
The monthly average rainfall, the maximum and minimum average temperature of the 10 years from 2005 to 2014 are shown on Figure 1-2-1. As shown in the figure, from June to September is the rainy season, as the impact on the Project, interruption of construction work due to rainfall is expected, the working time of rainwater drainage measures is important.
1-3 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
ion t a t ecipi r P ※
Reference：Department of Hydrology and Meteorology Figure 1-2-1 Monthly Average Rainfall, the Maximum and Minimum Average Temperature of Pokhara city
Climate of Pokhara city is classified as a combination of hot-humid summer and dry winter with less rainfall. The hottest season in a year is from April to August and the average maximum temperature reaches 31 °C while the coldest season is from December to February and the average minimum temperature is around 7 °C. In the winter season, difference of temperature between daytime and nighttime becomes particularly large.
In Pokhara city, it begins to rain at the end of May and reaches the main rainy season in June. Although the rainfall peaks in August, large rainfall can be seen until the end of September. Even in the rainy season, it does not keep raining through a day but it rather repeats intermittent rain. For example, the weather in the following circumstance can be seen frequently in Pokhara city that it becomes sunny in the evening after raining in the afternoon and restarts raining in the night. There are also thunderstorms especially in the nighttime. The annual precipitation is about 3,490mm and the monthly maximum rainfall is 890mm on average in August.
(4) Water Quality Water quality analysis has been conducted by taking raw water samples at existing four water resources, the Mardi river, Baldhara Spring, the Bhote river and the Kali river. The raw water samplings have been
1-4 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
done in both dry season and rainy season for each water resource. The water analysis was implemented by official institutes for water quality test in both Nepal and Japan. The result of water quality analysis at tap water is shown in Appendix 6-6.
Result of water quality analysis in a dry season Sampling Point： Existing four water intake points Number of Analysis： Twice in Nepal, once in Japan （The 1st survey；late April to the beginning of May） Items of Analysis： 30 items including Nepal national water quality standard
As a result of the water quality analysis in a dry season, the analysis result of the Mardi River, which is the water resource of WTP, is shown on Table 1-2-1. Red color in the table shows items and values which exceed water quality standard, and blue indicates reference value for bacteria grown during sample transport period.
It shows turbidity and iron slightly exceeds the Nepalese standard. Particularly, iron exceeds the Nepalese standard (0.3mg/L) on both analysis results in Nepal and Japan. In addition, odor and aluminum also exceeds the Nepalese standard a little on the result in Japan.
Table 1-2-1 Result of Water Quality Analysis in Dry Season
Analysis in Japan Analysis in Nepal Items 1st 1st 2nd Nepali Standard Japanese Standard Unit Unit Late Apr Late Apr Beginning of May Color - 2 TCU < 5 < 5 5 (15) < 5 Turbidity - 4 NTU 22 3 5 (10) < 2 Electrical Conductivity (EC) μS/cm 171 µS/cm 167 191 1500 pH - 7.6 - 8.1 8.1 6.5-8.5 About 7.5 Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) mg/L 120 mg/L 90 95 1000 Taste - missing data Non-Objctional Non-Objctional Odor - Fine earthy mg/L Odourless Odourless Non-Objctional Non-Objctional Iron (Fe) mg/L 0.76 mg/L 1.2 0.53 0.3 (3) 0.3 Manganese (Mn) mg/L 0.02 mg/L < 0.05 < 0.05 0.2 0.05 Arsenic (As) mg/L 0.001 mg/L < 0.005 < 0.005 0.05 0.01 Cadmium (Cd) mg/L <0.0003 mg/L < 0.003 < 0.003 0.003 0.003 Chromium (Cr) mg/L <0.005 mg/L < 0.02 < 0.02 0.05 0.05 Cyanide (CN-) mg/L <0.02 mg/L <0.05 <0.05 0.07 0.01 Lead (Pb) mg/L <0.001 mg/L < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 0.01 Ammmonia (NH3) mg/L <0.1 mg/L 0.12 0.12 1.5 Chloride (Cl-) mg/L <1 mg/L 1 1 250 200 Sulphate (SO4--) mg/L 11 mg/L 1 1 250 Nitrate (NO3-) mg/L <1 mg/L 0.873 0.39 50 10 Copper (Cu) mg/L <0.1 mg/L < 0.02 < 0.02 1 1 Total Hardness mg/L 84 mg/L 84 92 500 300 Calcium (Ca) mg/L 22 200 Zinc (Zn) mg/L <0.1 mg/L < 0.05 < 0.05 3 1 Mercury (Hg) mg/L <0.0003 mg/L < 0.001 < 0.001 0.001 0.0005 Aluminum (Al) mg/L 0.39 mg/L < 0.05 < 0.05 0.2 0.1 Fluoride (F+) mg/L <0.08 mg/L < 0.5 < 0.5 0.5-1.5 0.8 E.Col i MPN/100mL 64 CFU/100ml TNTC ※※ 700 00 Total Coliform MPN/100mL 1100 CFU/100ml TNTC ※ TNTC ※ 0 in 95% Samples General Bacteria MPN/mL 200 100MPN/mL Selenium (Se) mg/L <0.001 0.01 Anionic Surfactant mg/L <0.02 0.2 Total Organic Carbon (TOC) mg/L 0.7 mg/L <0.02 0.23 3 Magnesium mg/L 5.24 5 Phosphate mg/l < 0.05 0.06 Sodium (Na) mg/L 2.68 3.18 200 ※Note: TNTC: Too Numerous to Count
1-5 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Result of water quality analysis in a rainy season Sampling point： Existing four water intake points Number of analysis： Once in Nepal, once in Japan（The 1st survey；late May） Twice in Nepal, once in Japan（The 2nd survey；middle to late August） Items of analysis： 30 items including Nepal national water quality standard Cryptosporidium (Once in Japan)
As a result of the water quality analysis in a rainy season, the analysis result of the Mardi River is shown on Table 1-2-2. As well as the dry season, turbidity and iron slightly exceeds the Nepalese standard on both analysis result in Nepal and Japan while Aluminum exceed it on only the result in Japan. In addition, Cryptosporidium has not been detected. The result of analysis of the Cryptosporidium is shown in Appendix 6-6.
Table 1-2-2 Result of Water Quality Analysis in Rainy Season
Analysis in Japan Analysis in Nepal 1st 1st 2nd Items Nepali Standard Japanese Standard Unit Late Aug Unit Late Aug Late Aug （20 Aug） （20 Aug） （27 Aug） Color - 2 TCU ND(< 5) ND(< 5) 5 (15) < 5 Turbidity - 7 NTU 7.6 19 5 (10) < 2 Electrical Conductivity (EC) μS/cm 123 µS/cm 118 143 1500 pH - 7.7 - 7.4 7.4 6.5-8.5 About 7.5 Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) mg/L 82 mg/L 64 65 1000 Taste - missing data Non-Objctional Non-Objctional Odor - Odourless mg/L Odourless Odourless Non-Objctional Non-Objctional Iron (Fe) mg/L 1 mg/L 0.91 2.62 0.3 (3) 0.3 Manganese (Mn) mg/L 0.017 mg/L ND(< 0.05) ND(< 0.05) 0.2 0.05 Arsenic (As) mg/L 0.001 mg/L ND(< 0.005) ND(< 0.005) 0.05 0.01 Cadmium (Cd) mg/L <0.0003 mg/L ND(< 0.003) ND(< 0.003) 0.003 0.003 Chromium (Cr) mg/L <0.005 mg/L ND(< 0.02) ND(< 0.02) 0.05 0.05 Cyanide (CN-) mg/L <0.02 mg/L ND(< 0.05) ND(< 0.05) 0.07 0.01 Lead (Pb) mg/L <0.001 mg/L ND(< 0.01) ND(< 0.01) 0.01 0.01 Ammmonia (NH3) mg/L <0.1 mg/L 0.12 0.11 1.5 Chloride (Cl-) mg/L <1 mg/L 1 1 250 200 Sulphate (SO4--) mg/L 4 mg/L 2.88 1.65 250 Nitrate (NO3-) mg/L <1 mg/L 1.71 ND(< 0.2) 50 10 Copper (Cu) mg/L <0.1 mg/L ND(< 0.02) ND(< 0.02) 1 1 Total Hardness mg/L 57 mg/L 62 60 500 300 Calcium (Ca) mg/L 14 mg/L 16 17 200 Zinc (Zn) mg/L <0.1 mg/L ND(< 0.05) ND(< 0.05) 3 1 Mercury (Hg) mg/L <0.0003 mg/L ND(< 0.001) ND(< 0.001) 0.001 0.0005 Aluminum (Al) mg/L 0.88 mg/L 0.06 0.06 0.2 0.1 Fluoride (F+) mg/L <0.08 mg/L ND(< 0.5) ND(< 0.5) 0.5-1.5 0.8 E.Coli MPN/100mL 50 CFU/100ml 94 TNTC ※ 00 Total Coliform MPN/100mL 800 CFU/100ml TNTC ※ 7100 0 in 95% Samples General Bacteria M PN/mL 1600 100MPN/mL Selenium (Se) mg/L <0.001 0.01 Anionic Surfactant mg/L <0.02 0.2 Total Organic Carbon (TOC) mg/L 0.6 mg/L 0.46 1 3 Magnesium mg/L 5 4 Phosphate mg/l ND(< 0.05) ND(< 0.05) Sodium (Na) mg/L 1.11 1.68 200 ※Note: TNTC: Too Numerous to Count
1-6 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Consideration for the standard excess item and countermeasure in the Project In the analysis result of the Mardi River, items of Turbidity, Iron (Fe), Odor, Aluminum (Al) and Bacteria exceeded the standard for drinking water of Nepal, and the tendency was similar in the dry season and wet season. However, Turbidity exceeded slightly in this result, they are considered that this data does not have any problems at capable of reducing level by water treatment. However, the point that may become high turbidity around 100 to 500 NTU temporarily just after heavy rain in a rainy season should be noted, is shown on Table 2-2-25.
Although Iron was higher than standard, Most of them liquated out as iron oxide and expected to remove easily by water treatment. Although Odor was detected not in Nepalese analysis but Japanese it, they are considered due to increase the odor by propagating the microorganism during sample transportation. Although Aluminum is estimated geological origin, they were considered to be able to remove most of them by water treatment because of range of no effect. Although Bacteria was detected in both dry season and rainy season, it doesn’t any problems in order to plan to introduce chlorine feeding facilities in purification and distribution facilities in the Project and enough to sterilize.
Result of water quality analysis about other rivers Water quality analysis has been conducted by taking raw water samples at other water resources, Baldhara Spring, the Bhote River and the Kali River. The Baldhara River was the best result of three, it was considered to be able to continue to use it. The Bhote River and the Kali River are also generally good result and tendency was similar to water quality of the Mardi River. Result of water quality analysis about other rivers are shown in Appendix 6-6.
1-3 Environmental and Social Considerations
1-3-1 Environmental Impact Assessment Project Components Which May Affect Local Environment and Community Table 1-3-1 shows the Project components which may affect the local environment and community. The relevant locations are shown in Figure 1-3-1
Table 1-3-1 Project Components Which May Affect Local Environment and Community Project Component Contents of the Proposed Facilities 1 Raw Water Transmission Pipe Dia 800mm, Length 1.2km (Replacement) 2 Grit Chamber/ Sedimentation Tank 42,000m3/day 3 Water Treatment Plant (WTP) Slow Sand Filter 41,000m3/day 4 Clear Water Transmission Pipe Dia. 300-500mm, Length 7.9km Water Reservoir: 2 tanks 5 Reservoir/Overhead Tank Overhead Tank :1 tank 6 Distribution Main Dia. 150-500mm, Length 49.8km 7 Distribution Sub Main Dia. 50-150mm, Length 52.9km 8 Service Pipe Dia. 13mm, 7,300 Locations
1-7 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Figure 1-3-1 Location of Grit Chamber/Sedimentation Tank and WTP
Environmental Setting (1) Administrative Boundary in the Project Site There are five Regions, fourteen Zones and seventy five Districts in Nepal and Pokhara city, where the Project is located is in the Western Region, in the Gandagi Zone and Kaski District.
Kaski District has two cities and forty-four villages, with more than nine Wards in city and nine Wards in each village. A “Ward” is the smallest administrative unit. Table 1-3-2 shows the administrative boundaries in the Project site.
1-8 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Table 1-3-2 Administrative Boundaries in the Project Site Region Western Development Region Zone Gandagi Zone District Kaski District There are two municipality in Kaski District Municipality Pokhara Sub Metropolitan City Lekhnath Municipality Village: There are 44 villages in Kaski District Village VDC (Village Development Committee) controls local administration Ward Nine Wards within each village
(2) Socio Economic Situation in Pokhara City The major income sources in Pokhara city are tourism, manufacturing, and agriculture with 60% of economy in Pokhara city relying on tourism and manufacturing (Baniya 2004). Pokhara is a popular tourist destination and 203,527 people visited Pokhara city in 2009; the total number of people visiting Nepal that year was 509,956 (The Kathmandu Post, issued on October 30, 2010).
Money being sent home by locals working overseas is another major income source in Pokhara city. According to local residents, 40% of the population who are of working age (between 15 to 45 years old) work away from home. The most popular destinations for locals looking for work are Middle Eastern countries, and United States, EU countries, Canada, and Australia follows.
(3) Ethnic Minorities and Natives Nepal’s caste system involves 128 defined castes and other unidentified ones. The majority of those living within the Project site belong to the following castes: Brahmin, Chhetris, Gurungs, Newars, Magar, Kami, and Dalits. There are communities of “Sarki” living in the Project site for WTP site and sedimentation tank. Regarding ethnic minorities, Sarki people, a kind of ethnic minorities in Nepal, is living in Hemja area. However, Sarkis speak Nepali, hold on to the Hindu faith, and live in same custom with other people in the area. Therefore, they are not ethnic minorities that applicable for World Bank OP. 4.10.
(4) Places of Cultural and Historical Significance Table 1-3-3 shows a list of places with cultural and historical importance in Pokhara city. Since these are located in the center of Pokhara city, which is a major tourism area, the Project has no impact on them.
Table 1-3-3 Places of Cultural and Historical Significance in Pokhara City Construction No. Name of Cultural Heritage Location Remarks Year Pokhara city, at small island of 1 Barahi Mondir unknown Religious temple Lake Phewa 2 Bindhabasini Mondir Old Bazar, Pokhara city unknown Religious temple Shanti Stupa (World Peace On a hilltop in Ananda hill of Pumdi 3 1973 Religious temple Pagoda) Bhumdi VDC, Kaski District
1-9 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
(5) Conservation Area There are nine national parks, tree wildlife conservation districts, three natural conservation areas, and one hunting specification district. The Annapurna conservation area lies to the north of Pokhara city and spans several districts. It is not within the Project area.
Legal and Regulatory Framework (1) Laws and Regulations Related to Environmental and Social Considerations Laws and Regulations Table 1-3-4 shows the laws and regulations related to environmental and social considerations in Nepal.
Table 1-3-4 Laws and Regulations related to Environmental and social considerations in Nepal Type Title Law The Constitution of Nepal, 2072 B.S. (2015 A.D.) Rural Water Supply and Sanitation National Policy, Strategy and Action Plan 2060 B.S. (2004 A.D.) National Plan and Policy Three year Interim Plan 2070 B.S. (2013 A.D.) Urban Water Supply and Sanitation Policy 2066 B.S. (2009 A.D.) Environment Protection Act, 2053 B.S. (1997 A.D.) Land Acquisition Act, 2034 (1978 A.D. Solid Waste Management Act 2069 （2011 A.D.） Water Resources Act 2049 B.S. (1992 A.D.) Water Tax Act 2023 B.S. (1966 A.D.) Water Resources Regulations 2050 B.S. (1993 A.D.) Labor Act 2048 B.S. (1992 A.D.) Act and Regulation Forest Act, 2049 B.S. (1992 A.D.) Forest Regulations, 2050 B.S. (1993A.D.) Environment Protection Regulations, 2054 B.S. (1997 A.D.) Local Self Governance Act 2055 B.S. (1999 A.D.) Local Self Governance Regulation 2056 B.S. (2000 A.D.) Drinking Water Regulation 2055 B.S. (1998 A.D.) Child Labor Prohibition and Regulation Act 2056 B.S. (2001 A.D.) Town Development Act 2045 B.S. (1988 A.D.) Nepal Water Supply Corporation Act, 1989 (2046 B.S.) Standard and Guideline National EIA Guidelines, 2050 (1993) National Drinking Water Quality Standards 2062 B.S. (2005 A.D.)
Relevant Agencies and Organizations on Environmental and Social Considerations The leading agency on environmental management is Ministry of Population and Environment (MoPE) though Ministry of Science, Technology, and Environment (MoSTE) used to in charge of this issue until 2015.
Necessity of EIA Approval and Relevant Procedures Regulated process of EIA on Environmental and Social Considerations Figure 1-3-2 shows the EIA process according to Environmental Protection Rules 2054 (1997) (hereinafter referred to as “EPR”).
1-10 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Preparation and submission of project report If the scope of the Project is subject to Schedule-2 in EPR, MoPE requests the applicant to carry out EIA study.
Necessary actions for EIA Study The applicant shall publish the details of the Project in national newspapers, and seek the views of residents and organizations such as VDC/Municipality, schools, health posts in the Project area. A scoping report shall be submitted to MoPE. After review, the scoping of the Project is defined as proposed, or revised. A work schedule shall be prepared by reference to EPR, Schedule 4, Work Schedule Relating to Environmental Impact Assessment. A defined scope and Work Schedule shall be approved at the same time by MoPE.
EIA Review The applicant shall prepare EIA report with reference to EPR, Schedule 6, Matters to be mentioned while preparing Reports relating to Environmental Impact Assessment. If the report finds no major impact to the environment, it shall be submitted to MoPE within 21 days. MoPE shall make the EIA report open to the public. For 30 days from the publication, the public is able to send their comments about EIA report to MoPE. If comments are received, EIA report shall be reviewed again in terms of these comments. If it is confirmed that there is no major affects to MoPE shall issue the environment after the review, EIA license within sixty to ninety days.
Duration of EIA Approval Although the length of time from application to approval in EIA differs depending on the type of project, it normally takes one year for the total process shown in Figure 1-3-2.
1-11 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
MoPE
Submission to MoPE
MoPE: Ministry of Population and Environment
Source：Prepared by reference to Chapter 2, Environmental Protection Rules 2054 (1997) Figure 1-3-2 Process of EIA in Nepal
EIA Process in the Project For the Project, an EIA study is required based on MoPE’s decision. Therefore, EIA study started on July 2015 by NWSC.
1-12 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
According to EPR, Schedule 2, Proposal requiring Environmental Impact Assessment, (G) Drinking Water, an EIA study is necessary in projects related to drinking water in cases where any of the following eleven items is applicable. Items #2, #3, #8 and #9 (in bold) may be applicable in the Project.
1. Collection of rainwater in an area of more than two thousand hectares and use of water source (springs/wetlands) located within the same area. 2. Surface water sources with more than 1 cft. safe yield, and the use of its entire part during the dry season 3. Water processing at the rate of more than twenty five liters per second 4. Recharging of more than fifty percent of the total aquifer for the development of underground water sources 5. Construction of more than 1 km. long water tunnels 6. Relocation of more than one hundred people for the operation of water supply scheme 7. Settlement of more than fifty people on the upper reaches of the water sources 8. Supply of Drinking water to a population of more than twenty thousand 9. Supply of drinking water to a population of more than one hundred thousand upon connection of new sources 10. Over mining of biologically or chemically polluted pointed and non-point sources or underground water sources that may be affected by them 11. Operation of multi-purpose projects relating to sources of drinking waste water which consumes the sources at the rate of more than 25 liters per second
Review of Alternative Plans including Zero-Option Table 1-3-5 shows a comparison of the alternative plans, including Zero-Option. The three alternative options are: Plan-A: No project implementation (Zero-Option) Plan-B: Solution for turbidity issues and water distribution is improved for all of NWSC service area Plan-C: Solution for turbidity issues and water distribution is improved in the eastern part of NWSC service area, which currently has a limited water supply
B Plan-B and Plan-C have 4 components in common, as shown in Table 1-3-5. They differ in terms of three components, those being the number of water reservoirs, length of distribution main, and length of distribution sub main. Thus, the impact on the local environment differs with each Plan. However, this impact is temporary and is only in the construction stage and both Plans include the construction of reservoirs, a distribution main and submains. The difference is only in the number of reservoirs and length of distribution main and submain. Plan-C contributes to the improvement of the water supply in the eastern part of NWSC service area, while Plan-B improves the water supply in all the NWSC service area. Therefore, Plan-C is recommended.
1-13 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Table 1-3-5 Comparison of Alternatives Plan-B Category Plan-A/Zero-Option Plan-C (Selected as the Best Plan) Project Component 1. Raw water transmission pipe, L=1.2km (Replacement) 2. Grit Chamber/Sedimentation Tank, Q=42,000m3/day 3. WTP, Q=41,000m3/day 4. Clear Water Transmission Pipe, L=8.5km 5. Service Pipe, 7,300 locations Component of the Project None (No project) 6. Clear Water Reservoir and 6. Clear Water Reservoir and Overhead Tank, No.1, No.2 Overhead Tank, No.2 and No.3 (V=2000m3 each) and No.3（V=2000m3） 7. Distribution Main, L=49.5km 7. Distribution Main, L=24.5km 8. Distribution Sub Main, 8. Distribution Sub Main, L=50km L=10km Natural Environment Problems with dust and dirt, Same as Plan-B. However, noise and vibration during impact to environment and construction phase. community is smaller than Air Pollution/Noise and No Impact However, no air pollution Plan-B since scale of Vibration noise or vibration issues after construction is smaller as well. construction phase or during As Plan B after construction operation. and operation stage. Sites for WTP and sedimentation tank are on terrace plain. The site will be used for The site For construction, Refer to the description in Geography agriculture and grazing if the land forming will be carried Plan-B Project is not implemented out, and activities for agriculture and grazing will be impossible after that. No impact on water sources Refer to the description in Impact to Water Sources No Impact as they are not developed. Plan-B There is no important forest Refer to the description in Vegetation and Ecology No Impact land in the Project area. Plan-B Environmental and Social
Considerations Four candidate sites were selected at the beginning of site selection. All four sites are located along the Mardi River and they are similar in terms of natural and social Selection of the Project Refer to the description in No Impact environment. Therefore, Site Plan-B project sites are selected in terms of possibility of natural disaster and area of the site. Two sites are selected - one for a sedimentation tank and the other for WTP Problem of turbidity of water Problem of turbidity of water will be solved because WTP will be solved because WTP will be constructed in the Turbid water, more than will be constructed in the Project. Since component of Water Use/Water Quality 50NTU, will be distributed in Project. Since component of construction is bigger Plan-B rainy season for a month construction is smaller, Plan-C distributes more water to distributes less water to less more people compare to people compare to Plan-B. Plan-C. All structures to be built as part of the Project are one- storied, with no impact to Refer to the description in Landscape No Impact local landscape. In addition, Plan-B the area is not within a landscape protection area.
1-14 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Plan-B Category Plan-A/Zero-Option Plan-C (Selected as the Best Plan) There are no important Important Cultural and cultural and historical Refer to the description in Historical Buildings and No Impact buildings and monuments Plan-B Monuments near the Project area. One household has to relocate due to their house Refer to the description in Involuntary Resettlement No Impact being located on the WTP Plan-B construction site. After the Project, the number Water distribution is improved of hours water will be in the eastern area of NWSC Conflict in Local supplied will reduce in some water supply area. Therefore, Community Because of No Impact areas. However, the number residents in the western area the Project of supply hours throughout may complain that there is no the water supply area will direct benefit to them from the become more balanced. Project. Water supply household Water supply household Situation is similar to that in connections are already connections are already Plan-B. installed in NWSC water installed in NWSC water However, administrative supply area and women no supply area and women no improvements in NWSC are longer have to fetch water. longer have to fetch water. not as effective as those in However, children and If the Project will help to Plan-B, therefore the Gender women are still responsible improve the economic expansion of NWSC water for fetching water outside of situation of NWSC, the water supply area is impossible, or NWSC water supply area. If supply area will be expanded not possible until much later the NWSC water supply area and the need for women and when compared to Plan-B. will not be expanded, the children to fetch water will situation will not change. be decreased. There are no places of Refer to the description in Cultural Heritage No Impact cultural significance in the Plan-B Project site. Implementation of the Same positive impact to local Project makes a somewhat economy as Plan-C, but positive impact on local impact is smaller because of economy through new difference in project Local Economy employment and use of / None employment or use components. (e.g., Employment and purchase of local materials. of local materials expected There is some impact on livelihood) Some impact on economic economic activities and activities and livelihood of livelihood of households households (landowners) (landowners) which are which are subject to land subject to land acquisition acquisition Economical Aspect 17 Million NPR 23 Million NPR 23 Million NPR The amount will be paid by increase of income by the Project. Meanwhile, running The amount is calculated by Expected Annual O&M cost of Plan-B and Plan-C are reference with O&M cost in cost in 2020 in NWSC not different since 2013/2014 (12,578,047NPR) Refer to the description in Pokhara Branch Component #1 to #5 is same in NWSC Pokhara Branch Plan-B (Assumed in 2020) and components of Plan-B with assumed inflation rate in (#6, #7, #8) and components 32.2%. of Plan-C (#6’, #7’, #8’) do not require expensive O&M cost. Technical Aspect With comparison of Plan-B With comparison of Plan-B and Plan-C, the major and Plan-C, the major difference in terms of difference in terms of Impact from the Project technical aspect, Reservoir technical aspect, Reservoir in difference of technical No Impact No.1 is a key component. No.1 is a key component. aspect In Plan-B, water pressure In Plan-C, water pressure is will become evenly in not controlled because NWSC water supply area Reservoir No.1 is not because of Reservoir No.1, constructed. Because of this,
1-15 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Plan-B Category Plan-A/Zero-Option Plan-C (Selected as the Best Plan) and it makes water leakage water leakage will not be less. decreased in high water pressure environment, and it became non-revenue water. This situation will have negative impact to improvement of management. Comparison to Plan-A Comparison to Plan-A Both problems of turbidity of Plan-C solves problems of water and unequal turbidity of water, and unequal distribution will be solved in distribution in limited area. current NWSC water supply area. Impact to Environment Impact to Environment Impact to environment is the Impact to environment is less highest compare to Plan-A than Plan-B since project and Plan-C since Plan-B component is less that Plan-B, include construction of such as overhead tank and overhead tank and length of length of distribution main and distribution main and submain. submain are longer than Plan-C. However, impact There is no impact on local from construction works is environment and community. temporary. However, water quality Significance of Significance of Evaluation problem (turbidity) and implementation of the implementation of the unequal distribution is not Project Project solved. Plan-B solves problem on Plan-C has less impact to unequal water distribution environment compare to Plan- and make positive impact to all over NWSC water supply B, but benefit of the Project area. In addition, Plan-B is become limited in terms of expected to contribute to equal distribution of water. In decrease of water leakage, addition, Plan-C does not and it makes positive impact solve the problem of water to increase of tariff collection rate and management leakage and improvement of improvement of NWSC. management will not be According to these reasons, expected in future compare to significance of Plan-B. implementation of the Therefore, significance of Project is high. implementation of the Project
is less than Plan-B.
Scoping Table 1-3-6 shows list of scoping.
Table 1-3-6 Scoping List Evaluation Category No Items Reason U-Const Operating 1 Air pollution Under-construction：Degradation of air quality will be temporary and will be caused by operation of B- D construction machinery and vehicles. Operating stage：No degradation of air quality because Pollution usually electric power is used for pumps and motors. Control 2 Water Pollution U-Const: Water pollution may occur by discharge water from construction site, heavy machinery, and vehicles. B- D Operating stage：There is no discharge of polluted water from the WTP. Regarding inflow of water, the plant use
1-16 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Evaluation Category No Items Reason U-Const Operating water from the existing intake facility therefore no impact to river water. 3 Solid Waste U-Const ： Construction solid waste; soils and scrap woods will be produced. B- D Operating stage：General waste will be produced by workers at completed the WTP. 4 Soil contamination U-Const：Soil contamination may be caused by oil spill from construction machinery. B- D Pollution Operating stage：It may not have any adverse impact on environment. Control 5 Noise and excessive U-Const：Noise and vibration e from construction works, vibrations operation of construction machinery and vehicles. B- B- Operating stage：Noise etc. from operation of pumps and generator. 6 Land subsidence Construction works which may cause land subsidence is D D not envisaged. 7 Bad odor D D Operating：Facilities emitting foul smell is not expected. 8 Bottom sediment U Const & Operating stages: Adverse impact to bottom D D sediment may not occur. 9 Protected area There is a national conservation area near the Project area, Annapurna Conservation Area, in the north of Kaski district. However, the southern part of this D D Conservation Area is 2km from the actual project site and therefore there will be no impact from the construction works. 10 Ecosystem The locations for the planned construction sites for the Natural facilities are mostly covered in bushes with no rare D D Environment species of fauna and flora. Therefore, no adverse impact on the ecosystem is expected. 11 Hydrology There is no impact to local hydrology since no new D D water source is developed through the Project. 12 Topography A sedimentation tank and WTP are planned to be /geology constructed at fluvial terrace. Therefore, large scale D D land cutting is not planned and there will be no adverse impact on the topography and geology. 13 Resettlement One household has to move out for the Project (Involuntary Resettlement). Regarding land acquisition, B- D agriculture and grazing are carried out in the area, then some of them will lose income source after land acquisition. 14 Poverty group Nearly the entire project site is agricultural land, with no slum areas nearby. Improvement to the water supply D D conditions targets all living in the town. An improved Social supply of clean and affordable water will have a positive Environment impact on the socio-economics of Pokhara city. 15 Ethnic Minorities and There are ethnic minorities, called “Sarki”, are living in Indigenous People the Project area and some of them are target of land D D acquisition. However, “Sarki” is not applicable for World Bank, OP. 4.10. 16 Local economy of The Project objective is to construct a new water supply employment & system. It will not affect the living conditions or B± B+ livelihood livelihood of residents, nor will it alter local economic conditions. Where possible, employment opportunities
1-17 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Evaluation Category No Items Reason U-Const Operating will be offered during construction to the locals. 17 Land use and utilization No major impact on land use and utilization of local D D of local resources resources is assumed because of the Project. 18 Water Use Water supply conditions in Pokhara city are not adequate because of intermittent supply. The Project is expected D B+ to improve water supply, This will have a positive impact on the town economy, as well as on living conditions. 19 Existing social U-Const: Since the area is rural place, no major impact infrastructure and social is assumed to local traffic in construction site of WTP services and sedimentation tank. On the other hand, some impact to local traffic may occur in the construction site of reservoirs and distribution pipes since it located in center of Pokhara city. B- D Operating stage: There will only be occasional transportation of sludge, bleaching powder and aggregating agents, therefore no impact on the traffic in Pokhara city. The road in the site is not paved, and soil will be contaminated with oil and dirty sand from vehicles. 20 Social organization such The water supply system forms a part of the social as social capitals and D D infrastructure. An augmented water supply system is local authority operated and managed by NWSC. 21 Bias distribution of The construction sites for the new water supply system damage and benefit are located on agricultural land with no human settlement, except one dwelling. There will be no damage to the environment from bad odor. On the D D other hand, improvement to the water supply conditions through the Project will widely benefit the citizens. Social Thus, no issues on bias distribution of damage and benefit Environment 22 Conflict of interest in Water supply hours will be shortening in some area after the Project area the Project. However, the Project will result in evenly D D distributed water in Pokhara city. Therefore, no conflict of interest in the Project area. 23 Cultural heritage There are no sites of cultural significance in or around D D the Project sites. 24 Landscape There is no impact to local landscape since the Project facilities, such as WTP, are one-story building. D D Overhead tank may have impact to local community, but the area is not important place for recreation, nor important place for landscape. 25 Gender Since the existing water supply system provides house connections, women and children do not have to fetch water in NWSC water supply area. However, water fetching remains the role of women and children outside D B+ of the service area. If the financial status of NWSC improves and it is able to expand its service area, these water fetching problems outside of the current service area will be solved as well. 26 Children’s right D B+ Same situation as “Gender” 27 Infectious diseases of U-Const：There is a possibility that construction workers HIV/AIDS B- D may be affected by HIV/AIDS Operating stage ： Facilities operated by NWSC
1-18 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Evaluation Category No Items Reason U-Const Operating employees, not temporary works, therefore may be little risk of HIV/AIDS. 28 Work environment U-Const: Safety of construction workers shall be paid (Including safety attention in construction site. control) B- D Operating stage: Since facilities which provided by the Project is simple structure, accidents in operation may not occur. 29 Accidents U-Const ： Policies and procedures on construction accidents / accidents caused by machinery and vehicles, are required B- B- Operating stage：Policies and procedures need to be in Others place regarding handling accidents of operating equipment. 30 Trans-boundary impact D D No impact is expected. and climate change (Note) P-Const*: Pre-construction stage, U-Const*: Under construction stage, Operating*: Operating stage A+/-: Significant positive/negative impact is expected. B+/-: Positive/negative impact is expected to some extent. C+/-: Extent of positive/negative impact is unknown. (A further examination is needed, and the impact could be clarified as the study progress.) D: No impact is expected.
TOR on Environmental and Social Considerations Table 1-3-7 shows TOR on Environmental and Social Considerations which was prepared by reference to Scoping.
Table 1-3-7 TOR on Environmental and Social Considerations Item Issues Method Confirmation of environmental 1 Air Pollution Desk survey with existing data standards 2 Water Pollution Disposal method for construction waste Desk survey with existing data Protective measures for oil leaks during 3 Waste Review of protective measures construction 4 Soil Contamination Verification of environmental standard Data collection of secondary information Construction method Check for application of pile driving method Noise and vibration during Desk survey with existing data 5 Noise and Vibration construction Involuntary Survey on economic situation and livelihood of target households of Interview survey for target households of 13 Resettlement/Land involuntary resettlement and land involuntary resettlement and land acquisition Acquisition acquisition Local economy of Survey on household economy of the Interview survey for target households of household which lose their agricultural 16 employment & involuntary resettlement and land acquisition livelihood land by land acquisition 19 Current Social Check for existing social infrastructure Field survey and review of satellite and services around the construction Infrastructure and photography Services site Preventative measures for HIV/AIDS 27 Risk of HIV/AIDS and other communicable diseases for Review of preventive measures construction workers Survey on work safety conditions and 28 Labor Environment Check labor laws and related regulations regulations
1-19 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Item Issues Method (Including work safety) 29 Accidents Survey countermeasures for accidents during construction and operation Check for laws related to work safety stages *ID number in Scoping
Results of Environmental and Social Conditions Survey Table 1-3-8 shows the results of an Environmental and Social Conditions Survey.
Table 1-3-8 Table Results of Environmental and Social Conditions Survey No* Item Results of Environmental and Social Conditions Survey
1 Air Pollution Since data is not available, contractor shall record the situation before construction start, and use it as baseline data, and make comparison with regular monitoring during construction. During construction, air pollution may occur due to imperfect combustion by construction machinery. The operation of construction machinery will also create dust and dirt. The site is in an agricultural area in the mountains, and there is only one household in the area. Since that household has already agreed to resettlement, there is little impact to the life of local people. Care needs to be taken with any negative impact on local residents in Pokhara city caused by construction works, such as the construction of water reservoirs and distribution main/submain. 2 Water Pollution Since data is not available, contractor shall record the situation before construction start, and use it as baseline data, and make comparison with regular monitoring during construction. During the construction work, layout works of aqueduct and WTP shall be carried out once any dirt settles in the drainage pond, to avoid sediment runoff when it rains. 3 Solid Waste During construction: All construction waste shall be disposed following Nepal laws under responsibility of the contractor. Waste materials and construction waste soil must be disposed of legally under the supervision of the construction company. One waste site is planned for Tall Purunchaur Plant. This is located at a higher elevation compared to the surrounding area, so the impact of a natural disaster, such as flood, is relatively low. Operational stage: Since there will be little general waste from the WTP and sedimentation tank, this waste is not large amount and shall be treated in the same way as normal general waste. 4 Soil contamination During the construction period: Problems with oil flow out and soil contamination are likely, however, these issues can be avoided by the construction workers being careful. 5 Noise and excessive Since data is not available, contractor shall record the situation before construction start, and vibrations use it as baseline data, and make comparison with regular monitoring during construction. The pile driving method does not need to be used. Therefore, it will be no serious noise or vibrations. Pipe laying works shall be carried out during the daytime (6am to 8pm). The simple hand excavation method shall be applied where necessary. Operational stage: The facilities use little electricity and no equipment generating intense noise will be used. Some noise will be made when an electric generator is running but this can be managed by closing the door and window in the generator room. 13 Resettlement Result shown after 1-3-2
16 Local economy of employment & Result shown after 1-3-2 livelihood 19 Existing social Traffic jams are expected on site for pipe laying in Pokhara city. It would be better to propose infrastructure and adequate and appropriate traffic management measures to avoid traffic jams and traffic social service accidents when applying for permission for construction. To plan for construction work continuing after sunset, safety measures, such as an application for lighting, shall be made. Where construction works takes place on roads, the work should always be carried out on one side of the road at a time and traffic, including pedestrians, should
1-20 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
No* Item Results of Environmental and Social Conditions Survey always be controlled by a traffic supervisor. 27 Infectious diseases of During construction: The implementing company is responsible to ensure workers are aware of HIV/AIDS the risks of HIV and how it is transmitted. Lectures should be carried out if necessary. 28 Work environment During construction: Labor Act 2048 (1992) identified that the employer and owner of a (Including safety working site have responsibilities for the safe working environment and distribution of goods control) for work safety, such as helmets. Operation period: Same as “During construction”. NWSC has a responsibility to provide a safe environment.
29 Accidents During construction: Preventative measures for traffic accidents and traffic jams have to be considered. A work plan shall be submitted to Pokhara city for construction work to lay pipeline in the city center. Where construction works will continue after sunset, safety measures, such as the use of lights, shall be carried out. Construction works are always carried out in one side of the road at a time and traffic including pedestrians is always controlled by traffic supervisor. Operation period: Traffic accident may occur by a vehicle which deliver bleach powder to the WTP regularly. *Item number is same as Scoping
Environment Impact Assessment Table 1-3-9 shows result of Environmental Impact Assessment.
Table 1-3-9 Result of Environmental Impact Assessment Evaluation after Evaluation Environmental Impact in Scoping Category No Items Assessment Reason U-Const Operating U-Const Operating 1 Air pollution U-Const: Air pollution will be caused by imperfect combustion of construction machines. In addition, degradation of air quality will be caused by operation of B- D B- D construction machinery and vehicles. Operating stage: No degradation of air quality because facility will be running by electric power. 2 Water U-Const: Water pollution may occur by Pollution discharge water from construction site, heavy machinery, and vehicles. However, the amount is not a lot, which affect to lower river, Pollution B- D B- D and it may not cause water pollution. control Operating stage: Regarding discharge water from WTP, impurities are deposited in the facility, and discharge to the Mardi River. Therefore, no impact to the river is expected. 3 Solid Waste U-Const：Construction solid waste; soils and scrap woods will be produced. Operating stage ： General waste will be produced by workers at completed WTP. B- D B- D However, amount of the waste is not much, and it will be disposed as general waste. A lot of amount of sand, which sediment by the process of water purify in WTP, will be released to the Mardi River. However, the sand
1-21 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Evaluation after Evaluation Environmental Impact in Scoping Category No Items Assessment Reason U-Const Operating U-Const Operating is not sludge, just sand removed from river water, and water and harmless to local environment. 4 Soil U-const: There are some possibilities that contamination roads in the site and to the site will be contaminated with oil and dirty sand from vehicles. Operating stage: Since roads inside the WTP B- D B- D area are not paved by concrete, there are some possibilities that the roads will be contaminated by fuel and oil from vehicles. However, amount of fuel and oil is few in normal operation, and soil contamination will Pollution not be assumed except accident. control 5 Noise and U-Const: Noise and vibration e from excessive construction works, operation of construction vibrations machinery and vehicles. Operating stage: Though pump will be B- B- B- B- installed in the WTP, no noise problems may occur since submerged pump is applied. Generator will be used during electricity block out. Since generator is set inside building, no noise problem will be in the neighborhood. 6 Land Not applicable D D D D subsidence 7 Bad odor D D D D No work which cause bad odor is planned 8 Bottom U Const & Operating stages: Adverse impact D D D D sediment to bottom sediment may not occur. 9 Protected There is a national conservation area near the area D D D D Project area, Annapurna Conservation Area, in the north of Kaski district. 10 Ecosystem There is no forest with rare species of fauna and flora in the locations for the planned construction site. Therefore, no adverse impacts on the ecosystem are expected. Operating stage: Due to clean-up of WTP, the D D D D chlorinated water will be discharged to the Mardi River, but this water will be drinkable Natural quality for the human being and may not be Environment affected to the ecosystem of that river. The discharged water may be kept for one day in the WTP to reduce the chlorination level and minimize the adverse effect to the river. 11 Hydrology There is no impact to local hydrology since no D D D D new water source is developed through the Project. 12 Topography A sedimentation pond and WTP are planned to /geology be constructed at fluvial terrace, and there will D D D D be no adverse impact on the topography and geology
1-22 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Evaluation after Evaluation Environmental Impact in Scoping Category No Items Assessment Reason U-Const Operating U-Const Operating 13 Resettlement One household has to move out for the Project (Involuntary Resettlement). The household B- D B- D already agree the involuntary resettlement to NWSC. 14 Poverty Nearly the entire project site is agricultural group land, with no slum areas nearby. Improvement to the water supply conditions targets all living D D D D in the town. An improved supply of clean and affordable water will have a positive impact on the socio-economics of Pokhara city. 15 Ethnic There are no ethnic minorities and indigenous Minorities and people who are applicable for World Bank OP. D D D D Indigenous 4.10. People 16 U-Const: The target household of involuntary resettlement and landowners of the Project site Local will have impact to their lifestyle and economy of household economy. On the other hand, employment B± B+ B± B+ construction works of the Project and its & livelihood employment opportunity will reveal positive impact to local economy. Operation stage: Employment opportunity of NWSC Pokhara Branch will be increased. 17 Land use and No major impact on land use and utilization of utilization of Social D D D D local resources is assumed because of the local Environment Project. resources 18 Water Use Water supply conditions in Pokhara city are not adequate because of intermittent supply. The Project is expected to improve water supply, This will have a positive impact on the D B+ D B+ town economy, as well as on living conditions. There is no problem regarding the issue of water right of the Mardi River and the Seti River according to NWSC, by reference with Water Resource Act 2049. 19 Existing social U-const: Vehicles that related to construction infrastructure works may make negative impact to local road and social and traffic. services B- D B- D Operating stage: Only limited numbers of vehicles are sent to the WTP for transporting bleach powder. Therefore, there are very few possibilities that the vehicles make negative impact to local road and traffic. 20 Social The water supply system forms a part of the organization social infrastructure. An augmented water such as social D D D D supply system is operated and managed by capitals and NWSC. local authority
21 Bias D D D D The construction sites for the new water distribution supply system are located on agricultural land
1-23 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Evaluation after Evaluation Environmental Impact in Scoping Category No Items Assessment Reason U-Const Operating U-Const Operating of damage with no human settlement, except one and benefit dwelling. The household is already agreed to move out before construction start therefore no household will have impact from construction works, such as noise. There will be no damage to the environment from bad odor. On the other hand, improvement to the water supply conditions through the Project will widely benefit the citizens. Thus, no issues on bias distribution of damage and benefit. 22 Conflict of The Project will result in evenly distributed interest in the water in Pokhara city. In addition, Project area D D D D improvement of water quality, such as turbidity. Therefore, no conflict of interest in the Project area. Social 23 Cultural There are no sites of cultural significance in or D D D D Environment heritage around the Project sites. 24 Landscape There is no impact to local landscape since the Project facilities, such as WTP, are one-story building. Overhead tank may have impact to D D D D local community, but the area is not important place for recreation, nor important place for landscape. 25 Gender Women take care of filter maintenance for domestic water use. In case quality of water supply is improved, these works by women will be decreased. Since the existing water supply system provides house connections, women and D B+ D B+ children do not have to fetch water in NWSC water supply area. However, water fetching remains the role of women and children outside of the service area. If the financial status of NWSC improves and it is able to expand its service area, these water fetching problems outside of the current service area will be solved as well. Children’s 26 D B+ D B+ Same situation as “Gender” right 27 Infectious U-Const ： There is a possibility that diseases of construction workers may be affected by HIV/AIDS HIV/AIDS B- D B- D Operating stage ： Facilities operated by NWSC employees, not temporary works, therefore may be little risk of HIV/AIDS. 28 Work U-Const: Safety of construction workers shall environment be paid attention in construction site. (Including B- D B- D Operating stage: Since facilities which safety provided by the Project is simple structure, control) accidents in operation may not occur. U-Const ： Policies and procedures on Others 29 Accidents B- B- B- B- construction accidents / accidents caused by
1-24 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Evaluation after Evaluation Environmental Impact in Scoping Category No Items Assessment Reason U-Const Operating U-Const Operating machinery and vehicles, are required Operating stage：Policies and procedures need to be in place regarding handling accidents of operating equipment. 30 Trans- boundary D D D D No impact is expected. impact and climate change (Note) U-Const*: Under construction stage, Operating*: Operating stage A+/-: Significant positive/negative impact is expected. B+/-: Positive/negative impact is expected to some extent. C+/-: Extent of positive/negative impact is unknown. (A further examination is needed, and the impact could be clarified as the study progress.) D: No impact is expected.
Mitigation Measures and Cost of Mitigation Measures (1) Environmental Management Plan in Construction Phase and After Construction Environmental Management Plan in Construction Phase Table 1-3-10 shows Environmental Management Plan in construction phase.
Table 1-3-10 Environmental Management Plan in Construction Phase (1) Responsible Responsible No* Category Impact Countermeasures Organization and (2) Organization Supervising Agency for Cost Contractor shall use the latest (1) Contractor Included in Temporary air construction machinery which is in (2)Consultants, construction pollution caused by good working condition (specifically NWSC, Pokhara costs operation of taking into consideration engine, Municipality construction exhaust), and is environmentally 1 Air pollution machinery friendly. (1) Contractor Included in Dust and dirt during Aspersion for avoiding dust and dirt (2)Consultants, construction construction during construction NWSC, Pokhara costs Municipality Regular monitoring of river discharge (1) Contractor Included in point at the WTP. Monitoring (2)Consultants, construction parameters should be decided in NWSC, Pokhara costs Impact to river water 2 Water pollution advance. When abnormal results Municipality quality occur, the Project manager at NWSC Pokhara Branch and NWSC Kathmandu shall review the results
1-25 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
(1) Responsible Responsible No* Category Impact Countermeasures Organization and (2) Organization Supervising Agency for Cost Construction site must be kept clean. (1) Contractor Included in Construction waste must be kept at a (2)Consultants, construction location with a low risk of natural NWSC, Pokhara cost disaster, such as flood, and disposal is Municipality the responsibility of the contractor. Construction waste The process of disposal must follow 3 Solid Waste and disposal of waste the relevant Nepali laws, and contact in construction site should be made with Pokhara Municipality, as necessary. General waste shall be disposed of appropriately and separately to dangerous items. Construction machinery must not be (1) Contractor Included in Soil pollution in stored near drains. (2)Consultants, construction surface soil by oil, Clean the area where construction NWSC, Pokhara cost grease, and machinery is stored and avoid Municipality construction sewerage pollution by oil and fuel. Soil Traffic accidents and Establish a system for removing (1) Contractor Included in 4 contamination pollution by dirty tires immediately anything that falls off a (2)Consultants, construction of vehicles which construction vehicle. This system NWSC, Pokhara cost transport construction should include checking the road Municipality materials and twice a day. Construction vehicles’ construction waste dirty tires and any dirty road must be soil. cleaned. The WTP and sedimentation tank sites (1) Contractor Included in are agricultural and grazing land, and (2)Consultants, construction there are no temples or schools NWSC, Pokhara cost nearby. However, construction works Municipality must be carried out during the daytime. In addition, small – medium sized machinery must be sound-proof and loud sounds and vibration should Noise and Noise and vibration be avoided where possible. 5 vibrations during construction Meanwhile, the construction sites of reservoirs and distribution main/submain are located in the center of Pokhara city. Noise and vibration must be prevented. As the pilling construction method is not being used in the Project, excessive vibration should be avoided. . It is necessary to propose plans for (1) Contractor Included in Traffic jam in traffic safety and measurement for (2)Consultants, construction Social construction site in traffic congestion NWSC, Pokhara cost organization Necessary equipment for traffic Pokhara city and Municipality 19 such as social safety and congestion shall be lay out. accidents occurred by capitals and Construction works on road shall be construction vehicles local authority carried out in one lane always, and a guard man shall control pedestrians for keeping safe environment. Risk of HIV/AIDS is increasing (1) Contractor Included in Infectious Increasing risk of 27 because of influx of construction (2)Consultants, construction HIV/AIDS diseases of workers. The supervisors of the NWSC, Pokhara cost
1-26 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
(1) Responsible Responsible No* Category Impact Countermeasures Organization and (2) Organization Supervising Agency for Cost HIV/AIDS construction sites must control these Municipality risks, and should speak to all
construction workers in meetings, such as morning assembly. According to Labor Act (1992), the (1) Contractor Included in contractor has to provide appropriate (2)Consultants, construction work breaks. NWSC, Pokhara cost Any person entering a construction site Municipality must be suitably equipped, such as wearing a safety helmet and protective Working shoes. Environment The Supervisor of the construction site 28 Working Safety (Including Work must hold small meetings for all Safety) workers every morning and makes any necessary safety notice. The construction site must be managed in a way to provide a safe environment. Only authorized personnel are permitted to enter areas where heavy machinery is operating. Only authorized personnel are (1) Contractor Included in permitted to enter the construction (2)Consultants, construction sites. Local residents should be kept NWSC, Pokhara cost out via a fence and notices. At least Municipality Traffic accidents at the 29 Accidents one security guard / banksman should construction site gate be at the construction site entrance gate to avoid/prevent traffic accidents. Drivers of all construction vehicles must take care to drive safely. *Item Number in Scoping
Environmental Management Plan After Construction Table 1-3-11 shows Environmental Management Plan after construction.
Table 1-3-11 Environmental Management Plan after Construction (1) Responsible Responsible Organization and Organization for No* Category Impact Countermeasures (2) Supervising Agency Cost A generator will mostly be used (1) Contractor Included in normal during a power cut. When using a (2)Consultants, operational cost in generator, doors and windows must NWSC, Pokhara NWSC be closed in order to reduce the noise Municipality level. No other noise control Noise can be a Noise and measures are necessary since a problem with 1 excessive “sound-proofing cubicle generator” using a generator vibrations which has an effective system for in the WTP controlling the level of noise when the generator is in operation, is used in the Project. No vibration issues with generator operation since vibration can be
1-27 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
(1) Responsible Responsible Organization and Organization for No* Category Impact Countermeasures (2) Supervising Agency Cost avoided by installing a proper foundation for the generator with sufficient size and weight in the construction stage. Drivers must take care, especially at NWSC Included in Traffic accidents the gate to the WTP and road. A normal operational 2 Accidents caused by security guard shall be in charge of cost in NWSC vehicles traffic control near the gate.
Environmental Management Plan and Monitoring Plan (1) Monitoring Plan Table 1-3-12 shows the negative impact which may be generated during the construction phase, relevant mitigation measures and a monitoring plan for the operation phase. A hard copy shall be kept of the results of monitoring.
Table 1-3-12 Monitoring Plan for Construction and Operation Stages Responsibility for Countermeasures Responsibility of Monitoring Cost Adverse Impact Impact Adverse Parameters Parameters Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Frequency Locations Locations Manners Manners and No*
Construction Stage Temporary air All Physical Included in Person pollution construction observation construction Smell and responsible caused by sites 1time cost color of for Contractor, 1 operation of /day (Contractor is exhaust gas Consultants, construction responsible and NWSC 1. machinery for it) All Report by Included in Air Pollution Person construction employees construction Dust and dirt responsible sites and residents cost during Dust and dirt Constant for Contractor, 2 (Contractor is construction Consultants, responsible and NWSC for it) Included in Person construction 2. Impact on Impact on responsible Discharge point Water quality 1 time cost river water river water for Contractor, Water 3 of WTP to river test /Month (Contractor is quality quality Consultants, Pollution responsible and NWSC for it) Dumping of Appropriate Dumping site Physical Included in Person surplus disposal of (Public observation construction responsible 3. excavation waste, general waste and checking 1 time cost for Contractor, 4 soils caused especially dumping site) waste /week (Contractor is Waste Consultants, by pipe laying dangerous separation/dis responsible and NWSC waste posal record for it) Ground and Soil pollution All Physical Included in Person surface water in surface soil construction observation construction 4. responsible contamination by oil, grease, sites 1 time cost Soil 5 for Contractor, by oil, grease and /week (Contractor is Consultants, Contamination and fuel construction responsible and NWSC sewerage for it) 5. Noise and Noise and All Opinion by 1time Person Included in 6 Noise and vibration vibration construction residents /week responsible construction
1-28 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Responsibility for Countermeasures Countermeasures Responsibility of Monitoring Cost Adverse Impact Impact Adverse Parameters Parameters Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Frequency Locations Locations Manners Manners and No*
Vibration during during sites for Contractor, cost construction construction Consultants, (Contractor is and NWSC responsible for it) All Physical Included in Person 27. construction observation construction responsible for Infectious Increasing risk sites cost HIV/AIDS Constant Contractor, 7 of HIV/AIDS (Contractor is disease such Consultants, responsible as HIV/AIDS and NWSC for it) Safety control All Physical Included in Person of construction observation construction 28. responsible construction Working sites 1 time cost Working 8 for Contractor, workers Safety /week (Contractor is Environment Consultants, responsible and NWSC for it) Construction Entrance and exit vehicles for construction Included in Traffic Person accidents at site of proposed construction accidents at responsible 29. construction WTP, ground cost 9 the gate of Interview Constant for Contractor, Accident sites reservoir, (Contractor is construction Consultants, entrance/exit transmission responsible site and NWSC pipelines, water for it) intake weir Objects All Physical Included in Person Fallen object fallen from construction observation construction responsible 29. and dirt on operational sites 2 times cost for Contractor, 10 road caused vehicles and /week (Contractor is Accident Consultants, by dirty tires dirt from responsible and NWSC dirty tires for it) Operating Stage 2. Impact on Quality of Discharge point Water 1 time Water 11 river water NWSC NWSC river water of WTP to river quality test /Month Pollution quality Noise and 5. vibration Noise and vibration WTP and its Opinion by -As during NWSC NWSC Noise and 12 during vicinity residents appropriate Vibration operation of construction generator Included in Type of construction Accidents in accidents Sedimentation -As cost 13 operation of Interview NWSC and number tank and WTP appropriate (Contractor is machinery of incidence responsible 29. for it) Accident Included in Traffic Entrance and construction accidents at the Number of exit for -As cost 14 entrance / exit traffic Interview NWSC construction appropriate (Contractor is gate of the accidents site responsible construction site for it) *Item number is same as Scoping
(2) Items of Monitoring The operation of the WTP may not have any negative impact on the natural environment. NWSC employees in the WTP are responsible for environmental monitoring, as well as regular maintenance works. In relation
1-29 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
to monitoring, discharge water from the plant to the river will be monitored once a month. The monitoring will take place at the discharge point of the WTP and the parameters are; pH, Suspended Solid, Nitrogen, and Phosphorus
(3) Monitoring System Monitoring System in Construction Stage In relation to all the Project’s construction sites, it is necessary to avoid injuries arising from construction activities, produce a healthy working environment, and create as little disturbance as possible for the public. Construction sites must be enclosed by a fence and only authorized persons are permitted entry. If any construction work takes place at night, an appropriate number of lights shall be used, and all workers must wear protective gear, such as a helmet and gloves.
Since there are no important forests or rare species of animals within the Project sites, environmental management shall focus on a safe working environment, traffic safety, the quality of discharge water from the construction site and general waste. However, attention must be given to any traffic accidents as there are some steep slopes on the route to the sites for the sedimentation tank and WTP. Any objects shall be paid attention in the overhead tank construction site. In addition, the construction work for the reservoirs and distribution main and submain will be carried out in the center of Pokhara city, and traffic accidents should be major issues for safety control in these areas.
The Contractor and consultant should hold a meeting at least once a month during the construction phase and safety management shall be discussed during that meeting. A notice should be erected on the Project sites with the details of who to contact with any grievances, including noise. Should a resident make a complaint, the Environmental Supervisor should contact them directly and a solution must be discussed with a manager from the contractors, as well as with the consultants.
The Project Manager employed by the contractor for the construction works must select and appoint an Environmental Officer, who will work under the Site Manager. He shall select a trained engineer as the Environmental supervisor from engineering staff and safe environmental management must be adhered to for the entire construction works. Figure 1-3-3 shows the environmental management system for a construction site.
1-30 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Figure 1-3-3 Monitoring Structure during Construction
Monitoring In Operational Stage A NWSC employees will be in charge of monitoring in the operation stage. The structure is shown in Figure 1-3-4. One manager, six O&M staff, one mechanical engineer, one assistant, and two chemists are allocated to the WTP. Monitoring in the operational stage shall be carried out by the chemists.
Preparation and Submission of Monitoring Form Construction Stage The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and submission of the monitoring form. This form should include environmental management, safety management, and other planned monitoring (regular monitoring) and should be submitted to a consultant. The consultant then adds their opinion and approves it, before submitting it to NWSC. NWSC shall submit the monitoring form to JICA once every three months.
Operational Stage The Monitoring report shall be prepared by the chemists in the WTP. If no issues are reported, the report shall be approved by a branch manager in NWSC Pokhara Branch and filed in the office. When issues are recorded, they shall be reported to NWSC Kathmandu.
1-31 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Figure 1-3-4 Monitoring and Reporting Structure in the WTP
Stakeholder Meeting A stakeholder meeting was held on August 19, 2015 (Table 1-3-13). The purpose of the meeting was to explain the Project, including the necessity of land acquisition, to local organizations in Pokhara city. Meanwhile, the views of the residents were collected in a Public Consultation which was held in September 2015 (See 1-3-2-10). Presentations were carried out by both NWSC and the Team.
The most commonly held comments were as follows: All of Pokhara citizen appreciates that the water supply system is going to improve with assistance from Japan. The improvement of the water supply through the Project will have a huge impact on tourism in Pokhara city. All concerned parties are willing to help should any be needed during the Project. The water supply system in Pokhara city has needed improving for 10 years. Therefore, residents in Pokhara city welcome the Project and are willing to cooperate. Even though residents welcome the Project (as above), land acquisition shall be carried out carefully following the proper process, since it may greatly affect residents’ lives. For longer use of good quality of water, following activities should be stopped; open defecation, crematory in upper stream, vehicles crossing river, and animal husbandry in river
There are some background situations in the sixth comment. At the beginning of preparatory survey, local stakeholder proposed that they want relocation of current intake to 2km upper stream of the Mardi River. The reason of the purpose is because of cremation, animal husbandry, and vehicles in upper stream. Meanwhile, following conditions are figured out in preparatory survey: Construction of intake in 2km upper stream is technically impossible because the area is widespread shallow water Issue of cleanness of source water will be not solved since residents in 2km and further upper areas are in charge of animal husbandry. In addition, issue of cleanness of water will be solve in the Project According to interviews in 2km upper area, residents will accept to stop flying ash by cremation in case there are some requests, or hygiene education will be carried out. Ash from cremation can be buried in hole along the river.
1-32 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
According to the result, relocation of the current intake is difficult and issue of cleanness of water will be solve in residents effort, such as flying ash custom, no vehicle river-passing, and animal husbandry in river. This effort is important to keep good quality of water for a long time.
Table 1-3-13 Summary of Stakeholder Meeting Date and Venue August 19, 2015, Thursday, Time 16:00 - 21：00 Venue: Hotel Mount Kailash Resort, Pokhara city No. in Attendance 73 Organization/Profession 1. District Administration Office (incl. 10. Pokhara Sub Metropolitan City of Attendance Chief District Officer) Office (Municipality 2. District Development Committee Office)Assembly) 3. Citizen’s Association for Nepal 11. Pokhara Town Development Exchange Committee 4. Federation of Nepal Chamber of 12. Prime Minister Advisor Commerce and Industry 13. Regional Administration Office 5. Hotel Association Nepal, Pokhara 14. Representatives of Major Political 6. JICA Nepal Office Parties (incl. Member of 7. Nepal Congress, Kaski Constituent Assembly) 8. Nepal Tourism Board 15. Survey Office Kaski 9. NWSC Kathmandu 16. Town Development Committee 17. Social Workers 18. Journalists Program 1. Welcome Speech 2. Background of the Project 3. Scope of the Second Preparatory Survey 4. Responses to Issues raised during the Previous Visit 5. Land Acquisition 6. EIA (Environmental Impact Assessment) 7. Suggestions for Keeping Water Clean 8. Arrangements for Coordination with Relevant Authorities 9. Necessary Actions For Stakeholders and Local Beneficiaries 10. Conclusion
1-3-2 Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement Necessity of Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement
(1) Project Component Requiring Involuntary Resettlement Involuntary resettlement is carried out by the Project. The house is located in the site for the WTP. Total area of land acquisition is 70,373 square meters and it owned by 59 households. However, the total area of project site is 76,429 square meters since the Project use another 6,056 square meters as well where owned by NWSC.
Legal Framework for Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement (1) Summary of Legal Framework for Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement Law and Regulation Land acquisition in Nepal is carried out following “Land Acquisition Act 2034 (1977)”. The law admit forcible expropriation of land for public purpose which subject to compensation (Claus 3, Land Acquisition Act 2034 (1977).
1-33 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
(2) Comparison of JICA Guideline and Nepal Laws Table 1-3-14 shows difference of JICA Guideline and Nepal laws.
Table 1-3-14 Comparison of JICA Guideline and Nepal Laws Gap of JICA Guideline No. JICA Guidelines Laws of Nepal Policy in the Project and Laws of Nepal 1. Involuntary resettlement and loss Avoiding involuntary Both Guidelines and Priority will be given to of means of livelihood are to be resettlement impact as laws of Nepal avoid avoid the losses of private avoided when feasible by far as possible involuntary resettlement property as much as exploring all viable alternatives. possible (JICA GL) 2. When population displacement is Provision for There is no provision for No measurement will be set unavoidable, effective measures to compensation to the compensation to the for this issue since all of minimize impact and to legally owned affected non-legal title-holder in landowners have legal title compensate for losses should be land and assets Government of Nepal in the Project site. taken. (JICA GL) legislation, whereas If the resettlement is JICA policy indicates unavoidable appropriate that there should be compensation will be paid. compensation to land
irrespective of legal ownership. 3. People who must be resettled GON Law have JICA Guideline focuses For applicable PAPs involuntarily and people whose provision for on both compensation (Project Affected Persons): means of livelihood will be compensation but there and livelihood Preferential access to hindered or lost must be is no provision for restoration where as construction employment sufficiently compensated and livelihood restoration GoN Law focuses only opportunities, to the supported, so that they can program for compensation to the extent possible. improve or at least restore their titleholders. Project will provide skill standard of living, income development training, opportunities and production levels subject to be finalized. to pre-project levels. (JICA GL) Cash assistance will be provided to the vulnerable household 4. Compensation must be based on CDC determines Compensation for all Provisions have been made the full replacement cost as much compensation rate of affected assets will be for the replacement value as possible. (JICA GL) affected assets determined by the for the loss of land, Compensation houses/structures; subject to Determination be finalized by CDC. PAPs Committee (CDC) are allowed to take salvaged where as JICA policy materials. spell out the CDC will make final compensation for all lost decision on the assets at replacement compensation rates after cost reviewing and verifying affected assets 5. Compensation and other kinds of Does not spell out JICA Guideline Compensation and other assistance must be provided prior about the time frame. emphasizes to provide kinds of assistance will be to displacement. (JICA GL) the compensation and provided based on the JICA other assistance prior to Guidelines displacement where GoN Law is silent. 6. For projects that entail large-scale Public notice to the JICA Guideline Abbreboated RAP will be involuntary resettlement, affected land and assets demands for RAP where prepared based on the JICA resettlement action plans must be as GON Law only Guideline and will be made prepared and made available to the focuses on public notice. available to the public
1-34 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Gap of JICA Guideline No. JICA Guidelines Laws of Nepal Policy in the Project and Laws of Nepal public. (JICA GL) 7. In preparing a resettlement action No provision for JICA Guideline compels Sufficient consultations plan, consultations must be held consultation, for public consultations with project affected people with the affected people and their information sharing where as GoN Law is will be held during project communities based on sufficient regarding affected silent regarding this design and land acquisition. information made available to assets issue. them in advance. (JICA GL) 8. When consultations are held, No provision JICA Guideline Local language will be used explanations must be given in a emphasizes for local during consultations, form, manner, and language that language for appropriate information dissemination are understandable to the affected dissemination of project and information collection people. (JICA GL) information where as GoN Law is silent regarding this issue. 9. Appropriate participation of No provision JICA Guideline Project will give emphasis affected people must be promoted promotes participation for participation of affected in planning, implementation, and of affected people where people in planning, monitoring of resettlement action as GON Law does not implementation, and plans. (JICA GL) spell out this issue. monitoring of RAP. 10. Appropriate and accessible two layers of grievance Both JICA Guideline Project will establish two grievance mechanisms must be redress mechanism as and GoN Law layers of grievance redress established for the affected people CDC and Court acknowledges the mechanism and their communities. (JICA GL) accessible grievance mechanisms 11. Affected people are to be identified Inventory of affected Both acknowledge the Project will identify and recorded as early as possible in land and assets with inventory of assets but affected people during order to establish their eligibility entitlement JICA Guideline further project design and through an initial baseline survey demand other survey necessary survey will be (including population census that related to resettlement held based on the list of serves as an eligibility cut-off date, activities. PAPs. asset inventory, and Cut-off date is September socioeconomic survey), preferably 30, 2015. at the Project identification stage, to prevent a subsequent influx of encroachers of others who wish to take advance of such benefits. (WB OP4.12 Para.6) 12. Eligibility of benefits includes, the No provision for There is a provision of Project will compensate all PAPs who have formal legal rights compensation and compensation to all the affected titleholder land to land (including customary and benefits to squatters/ affected structures owner and structure owner traditional land rights recognized encroachers/ non-titled including as squatters/encroachers in under law), the PAPs who don't land users encroacher/squatters in non-titled land too. have formal legal rights to land at JICA Guidelines, whereas the time of census but have a claim squatters/ encroachers are to such land or assets and the PAPs not entitled for the who have no recognizable legal compensation of right to the land they are structures built in the occupying. (WB OP4.12 Para.15) government land in Nepal 13. Preference should be given to land- Options of land based Both have options for Project will record the view based resettlement strategies for as well as cash based land to land of PAP’s for mode of displaced persons whose compensation compensation compensation and land to livelihoods are land-based. (WB land compensation is OP4.12 Para.11) demanded. Project will provide land if the same
1-35 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Gap of JICA Guideline No. JICA Guidelines Laws of Nepal Policy in the Project and Laws of Nepal type of land is available near the Project site. 14. Provide support for the transition No provision for other JICA Guideline focuses Project will provide period (between displacement and support except on support allowance for displacement and livelihood restoration). (WB compensation transition period, but rehabilitation period to OP4.12 Para.6) GoN Law is silent in restore the livelihood before this. distribution of tender document. 15. Particular attention must be paid to No provision for JICA Guideline explains Project will record the needs of the vulnerable groups vulnerable assistance about the vulnerable vulnerable groups and will among those displaced, especially and support categories and gives give priority to address the those below the poverty line, emphasis for vulnerable need of them. landless, elderly, women and groups where as GoN children, ethnic minorities etc. Law is silent regarding (WB OP4.12 Para.8) vulnerable groups. 16. For projects that entail land No provision for JICA Guideline needs Since PAPs are less than acquisition or involuntary resettlement plan RAP but GoN Law does 200 persons, the Project resettlement of fewer than 200 not spell out regarding will prepare Abbreviated people, abbreviated resettlement RAP. RAP for effective plan is to be prepared. (WB implementation of OP4.12 Para.25) resettlement activities according to JICA GL.
(3) Process of Land Acquisition in The Project Land acquisition by NWSC shall take place according to Land Acquisition Act 2034 (1997). The Property Officer in NWSC Kathmandu is responsible for contacting landowners and for management at a local level. There are two types of land acquisition in the Project: private land acquisition and acquiring permission to use public land for NWSC’s business. The process for these is shown below:
Land Acquisition for Public Purpose Since most of the land needed for the WTP site belongs to private owners, NWSC started the land acquisition process in July 2015. Table 1-3-15 shows the relevant process.
The most important stages shown in Table 1-3-15 are Stage-6 and Stage-7. The landowners submit a document called “Application” to NWSC. This document shows the landowner’s expression of interest to NWSC and their agreement to the land acquisition. At this stage, landowners are able to state their asking price for the land in the document, however, it is not finalized and NWSC is not held to it.
The actual buying price shall be decided in Stage-7 by t Compensation Determination Committee with reference to fair value (so called, Government Rate) and market price. If a landowner objects to the decision of Compensation Determination Committee, some negotiation may take place. However, the final price shall be decided by Compensation Determination Committee. The landowners already agreed this process. Meanwhile, NWSC has a policy to set the compensation price should be close to market price. In case landowners have objection to the decided compensation price, and any of procedure in land acquisition, they can contact to the grievance adjustment mechanism.
Meanwhile, some cases do not fit to the process above, such as, the case landowner lives in foreign country
1-36 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
and nobody can contact. In this process, the following process is applied for the land acquisition.
(i) Pokhara city will issue a public notice of land acquisition (ii) Applicable landowners must contact Chief District Office within 35 days after the issuance of public notice (iii) Gazette Office from the Ministry will decide the amount of compensation by reference with government rate and market rate of the land (iv) Landowners receive the compensation and ownership the land is changed to NWSC (v) The process takes two to three months normally Table 1-3-15 Process of Land Acquisition by NWSC
Stage N. Contents 1 NWSC receive information from Survey and Land Revenue offices 2 VDC inform to landowners about land acquistion, preparation, and date of meeeting (or individual contact) 3 NWSC collect the land ownership certificate from VDC/Pokhara Sub Metropolitan City Office 4-A NWSC contact the landowner individually or meeting, and explain the project and land acquisition 4-B NWSC check information of peasants from the landowners 5 The landowner agree to release his/her land 6 The landowner sign the NWSC Application. In this stage, landowner claim their own estimated cost of land. Land Evaluation Committee in Pokhara will estimate the cost of land (comparison to gov and market price). 7 In case gov price is lower, Committee convince landowner to agree on gov price, or price negotiation. 8 Land Evaluation Committee forward the fix amount of the land (total cost) to NWSC Kathmandu 9 NWSC Kathmandu approves to purchase the land, arrange the fund The landowner visit NWSC Pokhara and receive payment for their loss (e.g. land, trees). Simultaneously, 10 Ownership of the land change to NWSC. Other Distribution of Tendering Document Source: Hearing to NWSC on August 2015
Acquiring permission to use public land for NWSC business (for Reservoir Sites) Two reservoir sites and one overhead tank site belong to the government and in this case, the land acquisition process does not involve “buying and acquiring the land,” but needs “acquiring permission from public authority for use”. The process is easier than that for acquisition of private land. To request permission to use public land, the following process is necessary:
(i) NWSC submit application to Pokhara Municipality for permission for use of land (ii) Pokhara Sub Metropolitan Office has given consent letter to MoWSS to utilize its land for construction of reservoirs under JICA/NWSC project. (iii) MoWSS, Line Ministry has already written to CDO Pokhara for recommendation of concerned land for approval through cabinet. According to GoN Land Lease Guideline 2014, CDO through Recommendation Committee Meeting must recommend respective land use to Ministry of Land Reform (iv) CDO Pokhara calls for Recommendation Committee Meeting and forward recommendation to Department/Ministry of Land Reform (v) Ministry will approve the lease recommendation and forward for Final Cabinet Approval
1-37 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
(4) Impact by Land Acquisition There are two impact assumed by land acquisition. One is impact on resettlement household. The household must change their lifestyle because of land acquisition. The other one is impact on landowners. Some of owe NPR cultivate their land, so they would lose one of income source by land acquisition.
(5) Policy of Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement in The Project At the beginning of the land acquisition process, NWSC visit all landowners and explain the necessity of the Project and the land acquisition procedures. The aim is to persuade landowners to release their land. The land acquisition policy is based on agreement between NWSC and landowners; NWSC tries to avoid compulsory acquisition, which would be assured within the law. No objection from local side was recorded in stakeholder meeting and public consultation. Landowners already submitted Application, which declare no objection for land acquisition by NWSC or wrote the amount that they willingly agree to the land acquisition, by May 2016. Expected total amount of compensation is roughly calculated by NWSC as in 250 million NPR in the signing of M/M in July 2016.
According to the result of surveys for land acquisition which were carried out on September 2015, there were no illegal occupants and third party that cultivate the land without the owner’s permission. In addition, no one mentioned illegal occupants and the third party. Therefore, it is concluded that there is no illegal occupants and the third party in the area of land acquisition.
(6) Cut-Off Date The cut-off date is set on September 30, 2015.
Impact of Land Acquisition on Local Residents (1) Affected Population by Land Acquisition Table 1-3-16 shows 299 people, PAP (Project Affected Person) in 59 households, will be affected by land acquisition. Sixty six percent of PAPs are of working age (Table 1-3-17).
Table 1-3-16 Number of Affected Population and Households Gender Average Project Site HHS Family Male % Female % No. % Size WTP 46 117 53.2 103 46.8 220 73.6 4.8 Sedimentation Tank 13 42 53.2 37 46.8 79 26.4 6.1 Total 59 159 53.2 140 46.8 299 100.0 5.1 Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015
Table 1-3-17 PAP (Project Affected Persons) in Age group Age Group 5 To 15 Project Site < 5 Years Year 16-60 Year 60 Year < Total No. % No. % No. % No. % WTP 16 7.2 24 10.9 150 67.9 30 14.0 220 Sedimentation Tank 7 8.9 16 20.3 48 60.8 8 10.1 79 Total 23 7.7 40 13.3 198 66.0 38 13.0 299 Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015
1-38 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Table 1-3-18 shows types of household which will be affected by land acquisition. They are “Woman- headed household” (4), “Household with Disabled Members” (1) and “Outcaste group” (9).
Table 1-3-18 Types and Number of Households Which May Be Severely Impacted by Land Acquisition No. Vulnerable Categories N. of Households 1 Woman-Headed Households 4 2 Households with Disabled Members 1 3 Outcaste Group 9 Total 14 Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015 (2) Livelihood Since economic status in each household is private information, many of households refused to answer this type of questions. Therefore, the survey result shown in this result is not collected all 59 households of land acquisition and involuntary resettlement target. The survey proceeded to collect respondents 20% of total respondents, which is 11 households; at least, therefore number of respondents are different in questions.
Income Table 1-3-19 shows income source and the relevant number of PAPs and the average income is 24,185.8 NPR. According to National Census 2003-2004, the minimum income level is 19,261NPR. Since the market price in 2015 is two point five times higher than in 2003, the data in National Census can be referred to as 48,000 NPR in the economic situation in 2015.
The Survey results show that income level in the Project area is lower than the minimum level. However, in reality, lifestyle in metropolitan cities and rural areas differs in Nepal and the cost of living is different in cities and rural towns. For example, house rent can be two times higher in a city compared to a more rural town. Therefore, the figures shown in Table 1-3-19 do not necessarily show that the standard of life for PAPs is lower than that for other individuals shown in the Census. There is similar type of difference between urban Pokhara and rural Pokhara. According to household survey which carried out in 421 households in Pokhara city in 2015, average of monthly expenditure is 38,926 NPR. In case target households are divided in urban Pokhara (NWSC service area) and rural Pokhara (non-NWSC service area), average of monthly expenditure is 41,340NPR and 29,128NPR respectively. Monthly expenditure in rural Pokhara is 70% compare to urban Pokhara.
The target site of land acquisition is mountain areas which far away from central Pokhara, and the area is more rural compare to the “rural area” in the above-mentioned survey. Therefore, monthly expenditure level will be lower than 29,128NPR.
The income data is collected only 23 households and it may not show comprehensive economical situation of all PAPs. However, other survey result shows similar situation, and result of this survey shows the economic situation in the target area is drastically low compare to average level.
1-39 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Table 1-3-19 Average Annual Household Incomes of PAP No of Respond Avg. Income Source of Income Total Amount HHs % HHs NPR Sale of Cereal crops 60,000 1 4.3 60,000 11,764.7 Sale of Fruits 0 0 0.0 0 0.0 Sale of Livestock 87,000 4 17.4 21,750 4,264.7 Sale of Livestock Products 66,000 2 8.7 33,000 6,470.6 Trade/Business 324,000 2 8.7 162,000 31,764.7 Service 466,000 3 13.0 155,333 30,457.5 Professional fees/charge 1,360,000 3 13.0 453,333 88,888.9 Remittance 348,000 3 13.0 116,000 22,745.1 Pension 50,000 1 4.3 50,000 9,803.9 Wage Labor 60,000 1 4.3 60,000 11,764.7 Rent/Interest 0 0 0.0 0 0.0 Sale of Asset 16,,000 3 13.0 5,333 1,045.8 Total 2,837,000 23 100 123,347 24,185.8 Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015
Occupation Table 1-3-20 shows type of occupation of PAP. The three major occupations are in Agriculture (Farmer) (27.7%), Service (18.8%), and Trade/Business (16.9%). Table 1-3-20 Occupations of PAP Occupation WTP Sedimentation Tank Total % Agriculture 54 18 72 27.7 Service 37 12 49 18.8 Trade/Business 28 16 44 16.9 Agriculture Labor 20 12 32 12.3 Non-Agricultural Labor 22 1 23 8.8 Student 13 2 15 5.8 Foreign Employment 8 3 11 4.2 House Wife 7 1 8 3.1 No any Specific Work 1 0 1 0.4 Others 4 1 5 1.9 Total 194 66 260 100.0 Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015 (3) Asset Housing Eleven households answered regarding type of house. Table 1-3-21 shows the type of housing for 20% of PAP (11 households). One traditional dwelling, six semi-modern dwellings, and 4 modern dwellings are recorded. Table 1-3-21 Type of House for 20% of PAP No. of S. No. Type of House Households % 1 Traditional 1 8.5 2 Semi-Modern 6 54.2 3 Modern 4 37.3 Total 11 100.0 Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015
1-40 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Goods Table 1-3-22 shows ownership of relatively expensive domestic goods. Eleven households answered and 47 items in six categories are recorded. The most popular item is a mobile phone, with2.8 phones per household on average. A television (72.7%), rice cooker (54.4%), refrigerator (27.3%), motorcycle (27.3%), iron (18.2%) are also recorded.
Table 1-3-22 Ownership of Domestic Goods by Affected Households Domestic Average Household Total Amount Average S. No. Total No. Amount Amenities Holding (%) (NPR.) (NPR.) 1 Television 25 2.8 100.0 195,000 7,800 2 Iron 8 1 72.7 140,000 17,500 3 Rice Cooker 6 1 54.5 18,100 3,017 4 Refrigerator 3 1 27.3 34,000 11,333 5 Motor Cycle 3 1 27.3 422,000 140,667 6 Mobile 2 1 18.2 4,500 2,250 Total 47 - - 813,600 17,311 Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015 Loans Table 1-3-23 shows the means by which 20% of PAP households (11 households) have borrowed money. The most popular way is from a bank (5 households) or co-operatives (3 households), with local merchant (2 households) and relatives/friends (1household) also being used. Eleven households are answered.
Table 1-3-23 Sources of Loans Taken by Households Average Amount Financial Institution Total Amount Responded House (NPR) Bank 2,090,000 5 418,000 Co-operatives 475,000 3 158,333 Local merchant 1,130,000 2 282,500 Relatives/Friends 200,000 1 200,000 Total 3,895,000 11 354,090 Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015
(4) Assets to be lost by land Acquisition Table 1-3-24 shows the type and amount of assets that will be lost by landowners through land acquisition. Three items are recorded land (76,429m2 in total), 1 dwelling, and 577 trees.
Table 1-3-24 Details of Affected Assets Land to be Acquired Structure to Private Trees Project Site Project Scope Ownership Private Total be to be of NWSC Land Total Land Compensated Compensated (m2) (m2) Plots (Number) (Number) Access Road 0 2,406.6 2,406.6 28 0 0 WTP Construction Area 0 64,736.4 6,4736 67 1 0 Grit Construction Chamber/Sedi 6,056.0 3,230.7 9,286.7 42* 0 557 mentation Tank Area Total 6,056.0 70,373.7 7,6429.7 137 1 557 *Note: Out of 42 NWSC holds 20 land plots Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015
1-41 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
(5) Income to be lost by land acquisition Income from agriculture The site for the WTP is currently mainly used for animal grazing and eight households cultivate the land. 11 households cultivate the land to be acquired for the sedimentation tank site. Therefore, a total of 19 households are going to lose their agricultural income. It will be impossible for animals to graze on the land after project implementation and the owners will have to find another location for their animals to graze.
Meanwhile, no one requested alternative site for their agricultural or grazing in stakeholder meetings and public consultation. Most of stakeholders requested new employment opportunity by the Project, such as works in construction site. Indeed, employment opportunity will be introduced PAPs on a priority basis, it will be alternative income source of agriculture or grazing.
Ownership and Income from land Table 1-3-25 shows the type of ownership of the affected assets. No land is leased out and so no one will lose income from the land in that way.
Table 1-3-25 Type of Ownership of Affected Assets (Unit: Plot)) WTP Sedimentation Tank* Ownership Access Construction NWSC Private Total % Road Site Holding Land Legal Ownership 28 67 20 22 137 100.0 Ownership but without legal 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 Document Legal Tenant 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 Public land Encroachers 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 Guthi Land 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 Total 28 67 20 22 137 100.0 *All for construction site in Sedimentation Tank Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015
Compensation and Support Compensation for Losses Compensation for any land acquisition will be in the form of cash. Since NWSC is a public organization, the amount of any compensation is evaluated using fair value, so-called Government Rate. Generally, the government rate is lower than the market price. Where a landowner’s asking price is higher than NWSC’s proposed buying price, the Land Evaluation Committee will make the final decision.
Transfer Address (In case there is involuntary resettlement) Setting of transfer address is not planned in the Project.
Entitlement Matrix Table 1-3-26 shows Entitlement Matrix of the Project.
1-42 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Table 1-3-26 Entitlement Matrix (Draft) Item Entitled Persons Entitlement Implementation Responsible Type of loss No. (Beneficiaries) (Compensation Package) issues/Guidelines Organization 1. Loss of Legal owner(s) i Cash compensation based a. Assessment of quantity NWSC and agricultural/ of land having on replacement cost to be and quality of land CDO/CDC residential/ records to verify determined by CDC. b. Assessment of Cash commercial ownership ii Priority of employment Compensation land by opportunity in the works c. Assessment of Market landowners. related to the Project. Value d. Updating of title of the affected persons e. Payment of Cash Compensation f. PAPs will be fully informed of the entitlements and procedures regarding payments g. Additional cash grant to be paid to cover any current market escalation. 2. Loss of Owner of crops i Advance notice to be a. Assessment and NWSC and agricultural or trees provided to the PAPs to measurement of trees CDO/CDC crops, and harvest their crops. b. Assessment of market trees (fruit trees, ii Cash compensation for loss value and payment of fodder trees, and of crops at current market cash compensation wood trees) value of mature crops based on average production iii Compensation for loss of fruit trees for average fruit production for next 5 years to be computed at current market value. iv Compensation for loss of fodder trees for average production for next 5 years to be computed at current market value. v Compensation for loss of wood-trees at current market value of wood. vi Priority of employment opportunity in the works related to the Project 3. Loss of (As there is only i. Cash compensation for loss a. Assessment and NWSC and residential one residential of structure at replacement measurement of affected CDO/CDC structure by structure having cost. structures. owner ownership ii. Priority of employment b. Replacement cost at certificate) opportunity in the works market value of house and related to the Project structure will be determined by the CDC in close consultation with local people. c. Owners of affected structures will be allowed to reuse their salvageable materials for rehabilitation of structure without d. Transfer allowance to cover cost of shifting the effects and materials will be paid on actual cost basis or on current market rates
1-43 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Item Entitled Persons Entitlement Implementation Responsible Type of loss No. (Beneficiaries) (Compensation Package) issues/Guidelines Organization e. Owner of the fully affected structure will be paid one time displacement allowance, subject to be finalized f. Resettlement assistance to the most vulnerable household to restore pre- displacement livelihoods. 4. Poor and Poor and i. Preferential access to a. Identify the vulnerable NWSC, vulnerable vulnerable construction employment households in close CDC/CDO and households households opportunities. consultation with local the Project including ii. Will provide skill people and from HHs/PAPs having development training. The household census. significant price is subject to be b. Project unit will assess impact, women finalized later. the possibility of headed household ii. Priority of employment employment and plan for without elderly opportunity in the works skill development training son, HHs of the related to the Project vulnerable categories 5. Temporary Community / i. Will provide cash a. Assessment of quantity and NWSC, impact during Individual compensation quality of land CDC/CDO and construction ii. Priority of employment b. Assessment of Cash the Project opportunity in the works Compensation or other related to the Project mitigation measures
Grievance Adjustment Mechanism According to Land Acquisition Act 2034 (1977), an objection to a project, including land acquisition, must be officially submitted. Figure 1-3-5 shows the Grievance Adjustment Mechanism process. If any PAP has any objections to the land acquisition process and/or the amount of compensation, the objection must be submitted to CDO (Chief District Office). After submission, the GRC (Grievance Redress Committee) and SLC (Subproject Level Committee) are formed. The GRC is made up of a project manager; representatives of NWSC, members of District Land Revenue Office, and others. The Project manager can be the branch chief of NWSC Hemja Office. The SLC members are representative of the local community and help to facilitate contact between the PAP and GRC.
The CDO will discuss the case with the GRC and SLC before making his/her decision. If the PAP is satisfied with the decision, the case is closed but if not satisfied, s/he can submit his/her views to Ministry of Home Affairs (MoHA). In case the PAP satisfies the decision, the case is closed but in case not satisfied, the case goes to court.
This is an official process but it is possible for a PAP to contact the NWSC Property Manager before instigating a complaint officially. The Property Manager deals with the whole land acquisition process and therefore all PAPs will know him/her from any stakeholder or project briefings.
1-44 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
Source: Resettlement Action Plan, 2015 Figure 1-3-5 Grievance Redress Mechanism
Implementation Organization NWSC is responsible for the implementation of all of the Project and related activities, such as involuntary resettlement and land acquisition.
NWSC has responsivity to financial arrangement and implementation of involuntary resettlement and land acquisition. Any of problems and issues related land acquisition and involuntary resettlement should be solved in the Grievance redress mechanism described in section 1-3-2-5.
Implementation Schedule Table 1-3-15 shows schedule of land acquisition process. One of the most important stages is “Stage-10” and it is about compensation payment and change ownership. It is estimated that Stage-10 will be completed by May 2017 that distribution of procurement document start. Another important stage is “Grievance adjustment mechanism” and it will start at Stage-7.
Estimated Cost and Budget NWSC is responsible for the all cost and process for involuntary resettlement and land acquisition. Budget shall be arranged NWSC and Counter Part Fund. Counter Part Fund is the certain loan that shall be provided by GoN to the Project.
Structure of Monitoring and Monitoring Format Monitoring of land acquisition started in July 2015. Since there are several stages in land acquisition, the
1-45 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter 1 Background of the Project
land acquisition process can be lengthy (Table 1-3-15). Appendix A-6-1 is the monitoring format. The number of each plot is listed in the left column, and all stages of land acquisition are shown in the table heading. Date of completion shall be filled in for each process on the spreadsheet. This monitoring format is updated every two weeks by local consultant by reference with NWSC. Meanwhile, recovery of PAP’s economic situation will be monitored by NWSC before/during construction. Public consultation will be held if necessary.
Public Consultation A public consultation was carried out on September 9, 10 and 11, 2015 (Table 1-3-27). The public consultation targeted the residents who currently live in the areas where the grit chamber/sedimentation tank and WTP will be constructed. There were many commonly held views and the key views were as follows:
Actual market price should be taken into account in any land acquisition Compensation should also be given for loss of trees and buildings Care will be taken when compensating land owners, especially those who lose all the land they own The views of residents must be considered during the construction work Local people shall be employed to work on the Project
Of all the views expressed, the most frequently repeated view was “Land acquisition shall be carried out with reference to actual market price”. NWSC representatives answered they will try to meet their request.
Table 1-3-27 Public Consultation Site Date No. of Attendance 1 Sedimentation Pond September 9, 2015 20 2 WTP September 10, 2015 34 3 WTP September 11, 2015 7
1-3-3 Others Monitoring Form Attached in Appendix A-6-2.
Environmental Checklist Attached in Appendix A-6-3.
1-46 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
CHAPTER 2
CONTENTS OF THE PROJECT
Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Chapter 2 Contents of the Project
2-1 Basic Concept of the Project
2-1-1 Background Pokhara city is the second major city of Nepal in terms of population (250,000 in Nepal Central Bureau of Statistics, 2011), and the most major tourist city with approximately 230,000 visitors in a year. However, the Pokhara Branch Office of NWSC has a lot of water supply related problems. According to this situation, GoN requested GoJ a Grant Aid assistance for “the Project” on March 2014 for water supply facilities including construction of grit chamber and water treatment facilities, and renovation of distribution pipe networks in order to improve living standards in Pokhara city such as water supply services, Pokhara citizen health and sanitary conditions.
2-1-2 National Target and Consistency of the Project GoN has a plan to provide a reliable and safe drinking water and sanitation service to all the people by 2017, based on the national development strategy “AN APPROACH PAPER TO THE THIRTEENTH PLAN (FY 2013/14 to 2015/16)” (hereinafter referred to as “the Approach paper”.
2-1-3 Outline of the Project The Project will cover the construction of water supply facilities, water reservoirs and installation of clear water transmission pipes, distribution pipes and soft component (i.e. technical assistance). After completion of the Project, water with low turbidity will be expected even during the rainy season, and safe drinking water without the presence of coliform group bacteria will be ensured in provision of chlorine injection. Also, it is intended to achieve improvement of water distribution frequency (7 days a week in all the water supply area) due to improved water supply system. The outline scope of the Project is shown in Table 2-1-1.
Table 2-1-1 Outline of the Project Facilities/ Items Contents of the Proposed Facilities Facilities Dia. 800mm, Length 1.2km Raw Water Transmission Pipe Construction (Replacement) Grit Chamber/ Sedimentation Tank 42,000m3/day Water Treatment Plant (WTP) Slow Sand Filter 41,000m3/day Clear Water Transmission Pipe Dia. 300-500mm, Length 7.9km Water Reservoir: 2 tanks Reservoir, Overhead Tank Overhead Tank :1 tank Distribution Main Dia. 150-500mm, Length 49.8km Distribution Sub Main Dia. 50-150mm, Length 52.9km Service Pipe Dia. 13mm, 7,300 Locations Facilities Rehabilitation of Chlorination Facilities Existing Reservoir 2 nos Rehabilitation Flow Metter Dia. 200-400mm
2-1 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Facilities/ Items Contents of the Proposed Facilities Existing Elevated Tank Flow Metter Dia. 200mm, Dia. 400 Existing Tube Well 3 nos Flow Meter Material and Customer Meter 9,000 units Equipment Water Quality Analysis Equipment 1 lot Procurement Small Size Excavator 2 units Pipe Detector 2 units Valve Detector 2 units Soft Component (S/C) - O&M of Constructed Facilities - O&M of Distribution System - Quality Control of Service Pipe Installation - Water Quality Analysis Detailed Design and Construction Supervision 1 set Facilities/ Items Contents of the Proposed Facilities Facilities Dia. 800mm, Length 1.2km Raw Water Transmission Pipe Construction (Replacement) Grit Chamber/ Sedimentation Tank 42,000m3/day Water Treatment Plant (WTP) Slow Sand Filter 41,000m3/day Clear Water Transmission Pipe Dia. 300-500mm, Length 7.9km Water Reservoir: 2 tanks Reservoir, Overhead Tank Overhead Tank :1 tank Distribution Main Dia. 150-500mm, Length 49.8km Distribution Sub Main Dia. 50-150mm, Length 52.9km Service Pipe Dia. 13mm, 7,300 Locations Facilities Rehabilitation of Chlorination Facilities Existing Reservoir 2 nos Rehabilitation Flow Metter Dia. 200-400mm Existing Overhead Tank Flow Metter Dia. 200mm, Dia. 400mm Existing Tube Well 3 nos Flow Meter Material and Customer Meter 9,000 units Equipment Water Quality Analysis Equipment 1 lot Procurement Small Size Excavator 2 units Pipe Detector 2 units Valve Detector 2 units Soft Component (S/C) - O&M of Constructed Facilities - O&M of Distribution System - Quality Control of Service Pipe Installation - Water Quality Analysis Detailed Design and Construction Supervision 1 set
2-2 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-2 Outline Design of the Japanese Assistance
2-2-1 Design Policy
(1) Basic Policy i) The design flow has been set as 41,000m3/day for the Project, based on the availability of the intake flow at the existing intake weir in the Mardi River and the capacity of the existing raw water transmission pipe. (Details are shown in section 2-2-2-3) ii) The target area is the same as the current water supply area of NWSC Pokhara Branch. Namely, a part of the new administrative areas (Ward No. 19, 26, 28) and the old administrative areas (Ward No. 1 to 18 are set as the target area). (Details are shown in section 2-2-2-1) iii) Target year of the Project is set as 2025, fifteen years after the first project for the water supply investment implemented by NWSC in 2010 and ten years after commencement of the Project planning in 2015. On the other hand, construction of the Project will be completed in 2020. (Details are shown in section 2-2-2-1) iv) At present, turbidity of tap water is high since water is supplied without water treatment, and coliforms are detected from water tap due to improper chlorination. The construction of water treatment facilities and installation of chlorination equipment at main reservoirs under the Project will significantly contribute to the improvement of water quality. (Details are shown in section 2-2-2-3) v) Water is currently being supplied for seven days a week in a part of the city, while many areas serves only 1 to 3 days/week. Transmission/ distribution facilities shall be improved under the Project in order to supply water to customers equally across the areas, and distribute water 7 days/week even if there are restrictions in hours of service. (Details are shown in section 2-2-2-5) vi) Based on the survey results, the existing intake weir in the Mardi River and raw water transmission pipe are still usable. On the other hand, some parts of the existing raw water transmission pipe require replacement due to pipe leakage and the fact that some pipes are exposed and susceptible to flooding. Also, replacement of some sections of the existing raw water transmission pipes shall be carried out, in order to improve the hydraulic performance of the pipelines and enable design flow to be transferred from the existing intake weir to the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank by gravity. Moreover, raw water transmission pipes on the pipe bridge to pass the Seti River, will be replaced to under the riverbed, so as to avoid possible damage caused by floods. vii) Water treatment facilities will be designed so as to use as little electricity as possible since power supply is not stable in Pokhara city. Therefore, the transmission system from the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP to the reservoirs and distribution system is designed as a gravity system, rather than pumping system. (Details are shown in section 2-2-2-3, -5)
(2) Policy for Natural/ Environmental Conditions Pokhara city is situated at an altitude of 800-950m and is surrounded by highlands. The temperature in the area is slightly higher than that in the capital city, Kathmandu through the year. The climate is classified as
2-3 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
warm winter with small amount of rainfall climate featured as high temperature/humidity in summer and dry winter. April to August is the hottest period with an average maximum temperature of 31 °C, and the coldest season is from December to February, with an average minimum temperature of 7 °C. In Pokhara city, the amount of rainfall gradually increases from the end of May, and starts real rainy season from June. Rainfall peaks in August and there is a lot of rain until around the end of September. Annual rainfall is around 3,500mm, which is more than in Tokyo. Precipitation in levels in August reaches a maximum of 900mm.
Although the rainfall is thought to have little impact on the construction work, the impact of the rainy season should be taken into account when planning e.g. the work period for transportation of materials and equipment, excavation of earthworks, embankment work and concrete curing. Soft components related to the operation and maintenance of the proposed WTP will be carried out through the year, since the raw water quality is different seasonally. The new grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP will be directly founded on the ground, as the soil at the site is gravel and the ground has sufficient bearing capacity.
(3) Policy for Construction and Procurement Situation i) The construction method will be selected, taking into account of the local construction conditions and available technology levels in Nepal, and taking full advantage of local workers and equipment. ii) Pipe materials will be delivered to the construction sites in accordance with the construction schedule as there are restrictions on storage areas for a huge number of distribution pipes. iii) With regard to the concrete works, there may be an issue with transporting ready-mixed concrete from the local ready-mixed concrete plant in Pokhara city to the construction sites, since there is only one transportation route from the plant in the city to the construction sites and sometimes landslides occur after heavy rain along the route in the rainy season. Therefore, a ready-mixed concrete plant will be installed either at the construction site of the proposed WTP, or in its surrounding area, in order to avoid the risk of transporting concrete from the city. iv) Ductile cast iron pipe is planned to procure from India or other countries. However, special fittings (bent pipe, valves, etc.) made in India may be susceptible to leaks at joints, and water tightness and pressure resistance of valves are known to be inadequate. Special fittings will be imported from a Japanese affiliated factory in a third country, or directly from Japan. v) HDPE pipes are manufactured in Nepal and are being used at many construction sites without any quality issues. Therefore, Nepal- made products will be used for the Project. vi) The design will be carried out in use of Japan's water supply facility design guidelines and AWWA standards, because there are no design standards for water supply facilities in Nepal.
(4) Policy for Customer Meter At present, some customers own/manage and are responsible for their meters, whilst others rent from NWSC. However, for proper meter readings and tariff collection, it is desirable that ownership of the meters should lie with NWSC. This should be considered especially, because under this Japan’s Grant Aid project, costumer meters will be procured, and the meters should be treated as assets of NWSC. It is important that
2-4 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
reselling of the meters to customers be prohibited.
Therefore, a rental system for customer meters, which has traditionally been used before, will be adopted again, and procured meters should be rented from NWSC to customers free, in principle.
(5) Policy for Operation and Maintenance The introduction of the new grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP (slow sand filtration system) will increase the need for daily regular inspection and operation and maintenance of the facilities. The existing water distribution system will be renovated by the construction of three new reservoirs, replacement of the transmission and distribution water pipe network, as well as the introduction of an advanced water distribution control for stable water distribution management.
In addition, proper operation and maintenance of the WTP and water distribution facilities, as well as measurement/ management of water quality, will be required in order to ensure safe drinking water supply. Appropriate pipe installation will be required for the service pipes which are considered as the cause of the higher leakage rate.
Therefore, to enhance and strengthen the operation and maintenance capacity of NWSC for water supply facilities, it is necessary to provide technical instructions/ assistance to improve the capability of the operational staff in the soft component, which will be discussed later in this report.
2-2-2 Basic Plan (Construction Plan/Equipment Plan)
Based on a number of surveys on the current water supply status, natural conditions and social conditions survey of Pokhara city, a comprehensive analysis was carried out to identify the issues that water supply services in Pokhara city has encountered. As a result, it was found that the safety of the drinking water in the distribution system cannot be achieved, since there are no water treatment facilities and water turbidity during the rainy season is high, and there is no constant water distribution due to current inadequate water distribution system.
It was confirmed that more than half of the water distributed is non-revenue water, because water supply capacity is in short and leakage rate is high. Considering other study results, proposed project components were studied. Then, some items are added/revised including those that are not included in the following requests or included but capacities are insufficient. Detailed study results are shown in the following sections 2-2-2-3.
In addition, as a result of the study on the operation and maintenance capability of NWSC, the need of technical support was found. In this regard, assistance for the soft component will be required for an effective use of the constructed facilities and procured equipment.
Partial Replacement of Raw Water Transmission Pipe Construction of WTP (Slow Sand Filter System) Q= 41,000m3/day Construction of two Reservoirs and one Overhead Tank Installation of Clear Water Transmission Pipe to the Reservoirs
2-5 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Improvement on Distribution Mains and Distribution Sub Mains Procurement of Equipment (Small-Sized Excavator, Pipeline Locator, Valve Locator) Soft Component
On the contrary, although the following work was initially requested by Nepalese side, as a result of the survey, it was recommended that the existing facilities can be used and is excluded from the Project scope.
Replacement of Pipe at HDPE Pipe Bridge
Water Demand Analysis (1) Current Situation of Water Supply Water Supply Service Area of NWSC Pokhara Branch NWSC Pokhara Branch provides their water supply service for Old Pokhara Area (Ward No.1 to 18) and parts of New Emerged Area (Ward No.19, 26, 28). NWSC established 13 water supply service areas for substantial management of costumers and water quality. Although each area was initially determined coinciding with municipality ward, presently some areas have expanded beyond an original municipality ward according to the growth of the water supply population, resulted in covering surrounding wards. Figure 2-2-1 and Table 2-2-1 show the locations of municipality wards and water supply service areas.
Water Supply Service by Other Organizations There are water service utilities named “community water”, which have their own water supply services for the specific areas in Pokhara city. Their water supply services are managed independently from NWSC water services. However, water supply volume required shall be estimated considering such individual water supply service areas due to a possibility of supplying water by NWSC in the future.
2-6 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Source: JICA Survey Team
*In this figure, the shaded areas show the NWSC water supply service areas Figure 2-2-1 Relation of Water Supply Service Areas of NWSC and Pokhara Municipality Wards
Table 2-2-1 Relation of Water Supply Service Areas of NWSC and Pokhara Municipality Wards
NWSC Area No Municipality Ward No. ① 1, 2, 16, 19 (80%), 28 (40%) ② 1, 2 ③ 2, 3, 4, 26 (15%) ④ 11,12 ⑤ 4 ⑥ 8, 9 ⑦ 10, 12, 13 ⑧ 14,15,18 ⑨ 7, 17 ⑩ 6 ⑪ 10 ⑫ 7, 8 ⑬ 5, 7 *( ) shows the percentages of water supply service area to the municipality ward. Source: JICA Survey Team
(2) Project Target Year According to the Design Criteria for Waterworks Facilities (2012), Japan Water Works Association, the “Target year should be determined as long a period as possible in consideration of the constituents such as:
2-7 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
reliability of future prediction, rationality of facility construction and financial conditions at the time of establishment”. In general, target year is set at about 10 to 20 years from the conformation of project master plan. In the case of NWSC Pokhara Branch, it is difficult to ensure the reliability of any future predictions due to the lack of data and information. Therefore, the Project target year is set at 2025 which is fifteen years after the first project for the water supply investment implemented by NWSC in 2010 and ten years from the conformation of project master plan. That is, conformation of master plan is in 2015 and operation of the facilities will start from 2020.
(3) Projection of Served Population Process for Population Projection Administrative population in the planned service area is firstly estimated. Then, served population is calculated with planned service coverage.
Projection of Population in Planned Service Area Based on the results of the Census in 2001 and 2011 carried out by Nepal Central Bureau of Statistics, administrative population in planned service areas in 2025 is estimated by municipality ward basis.
Selection of Projection Method When no striking social change is foreseen, future population can be estimated based on the trend and actual number of population in the past. Therefore, a time-sequential method as shown below is applied for the population projection with the assumption of moderate population growth through the future. (1) Equation of average yearly increase number: y = ax + b x (2) Equation of average yearly increase ratio: y = y0 (1+ r) (3) Equation of modified exponential curve: y = K - abx (4) Equation of power function curve: y = A xa (5) Equation of logistic function curve: y = K / (1+e(a-bx)) Figure 2-2-2 shows the Projection results of adopting the above-mentioned five trend curves. The Projections by average yearly increase ratio and modified exponential curve methods are omitted, because the population increase in 2021(10 years from base year 2011) is larger than that in the last 10 years, which seems to be not realistic. Average yearly increase number, power function curve and logistic function curve methods fall within the 5% range. Average yearly increase number, which shows the center line among these three curves, is chosen as the trend curve for the Projection of the future population.
Results of Projection Table 2-2-2 shows the Projection results of the population in the planned service area on municipality ward basis by adopting the trend curve. The total population in the service area is estimated as 304,869 in 2015 and 405,881 in 2025.
2-8 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
600,000 Average yearly increase number Average yearly increase ratio Modified Exponential Curve 500,000 Power function curve Logistic function curve
400,000
300,000 264,471 Population
200,000
163,458 100,000
0 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021 2023 2025 Year Source: JICA Survey Team Figure 2-2-2 Population Projection in Water Supply Service Area (time-sequential methods)
Table 2-2-2 Projection Results of Population in Water Supply Service Area (time-sequential methods: average yearly increase number) Population Population Average Yearly Increase Number Served Municipality (All Area) (NWSC Served Area) y=ax+b Area Ward No. Growth Growth rate Population 2001 2011 (%) 2001 2011 per year (%) 2015 2025 1 12,037 15,513 100% 12,037 15,513 347.6 1.97 16,903 20,379 2 4,859 8,729 100% 4,859 8,729 387.0 3.51 10,277 14,147 3 6,962 9,462 100% 6,962 9,462 250.0 2.27 10,462 12,962 4 5,988 9,119 100% 5,988 9,119 313.1 2.84 10,371 13,502 5 6,829 14,803 100% 6,829 14,803 797.4 4.10 17,992 25,966 6 10,663 14,729 100% 10,663 14,729 406.6 2.36 16,355 20,421 7 8,241 12,875 100% 8,241 12,875 463.4 2.96 14,728 19,362 8 16,112 26,080 100% 16,112 26,080 996.8 3.11 30,067 40,035 9 12,111 16,626 100% 12,111 16,626 451.5 2.33 18,432 22,947 Pokhara 10 12,433 18,470 100% 12,433 18,470 603.7 2.73 20,884 26,921 11 7,408 12,338 100% 7,408 12,338 493.0 3.22 14,310 19,240 12 7,369 11,613 100% 7,369 11,613 424.4 3.00 13,310 17,554 13 6,739 13,154 100% 6,739 13,154 641.5 3.79 15,720 22,135 14 2,314 6,427 100% 2,314 6,427 411.3 4.68 8,072 12,185 15 10,099 17,027 100% 10,099 17,027 692.8 3.27 19,798 26,726 16 10,068 14,950 100% 10,068 14,950 488.2 2.73 16,902 21,784 17 12,706 26,752 100% 12,706 26,752 1,404.6 4.01 32,370 46,416 18 3,374 6,798 100% 3,374 6,798 342.4 3.88 8,167 11,591 Lamachour 19 5,019 7,027 80% 4,015 5,622 160.6 2.43 6,264 7,870 Sarang Kot 26 6,612 8,354 15% 992 1,253 26.1 1.84 1,357 1,618 Armala 28 5,348 5,328 40% 2,139 2,131 -0.8 -0.04 2,128 2,120 Total 173,291 276,174 163,458 264,471 10,288.3 2.79 304,869 405,881 Source: JICA Survey Team
2-9 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Projection of Population to be Served Population to be served in the target year is calculated using planned service coverage as follows:
“Served population”=”Administrative population in the service area” x “Planned service coverage”
Service coverage in 2025 is assumed to be 100% to grasp the maximum potential water demand in Pokhara city. In that this case, population to be served in 2025 is estimated as 405,881.
(4) Projection of Water Supply Volume Basic Concept Water supply volume for NWSC service area in 2025 is estimated on both daily average and daily maximum basis. The components of water supply volume is classified and organized based on international water balance by International Water Association (IWA) and World Bank Institute (WBI).
Table 2-2-3 International Water Balance by IWA and WBI Billed Authorized Revenue Authorized Consumption Water System Input Consumption Unbilled Authorized Volume Consumption Non-Revenue Apparent Losses Water Water Losses Real Losses
Projection of Authorized Water Consumption Projection Condition Billed Authorized Consumption Customers of NWSC are classified into two groups; “Small consumer”, who has a service connection with 1/2 inch pipe, and “Large consumer”, who has a connection with a pipe larger than 1/2 inch. The customers are also categorized into “Domestic”, “Government” and “Industry” by type of water use. “Domestic” use accounts for more than 99% of water usage and this category includes water consumption for commercial use such as restaurants and hotels.
As Pokhara city is a popular tourist area in Nepal, water consumption by tourists should be considered as revenue water. The results of the social conditions survey made clear that 30% of hotels and restaurants used by tourists have their own wells. Taking into account the possibility of these hotels and restaurants changing their water source from well water to public water supply after project completion, consumption of well water by tourists is included in revenue water.
Due to these reasons, water consumption by “Small consumer”, “Large consumer” and “Tourist (well water only)” is included as revenue water.
Unbilled Authorized Consumption In Pokhara city, there are 174 public water stands managed by NWSC. Water consumption at public water stands is not charged and this water should be counted as unbilled authorized consumption.
Water Consumption by Small Consumers Daily average water consumption by small consumers is calculated by multiplying served population by
2-10 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
consumption per capita per day (lpcd: liter per capita per day).
“Daily average water consumption” = “ Population to be served”דunit consumption (lpcd)”
It is often the case that more than one household shares one customer meter in the NWSC service area and it is difficult to know how many people use per meter. Because of this, unit consumption (lpcd) could not be assumed from the actual data on water consumption. Therefore, an interview survey on approximately 600 customers who visited NWSC Pokhara Branch for payment is conducted regarding their water consumption. In the calculation of unit consumption (lpcd), the following items are excluded.
a. Inaccurate information on the consumption due to lack of customer meter. b. Water consumption is recorded as 10m3/month conveniently in case that the actual consumption is less than 10m3/month, which is the lowest rank of consumption volume in for base flat charge. c. Abnormal consumption volume; less than 50 lpcd or more than 200 lpcd.
Table 2-2-4 shows parts of the results of the interview survey. Unit consumption (lpcd) in Pokhara city is calculated as 93.3 lpcd. However, it should be noted that this result does not necessarily reflect actual water use in Pokhara city, because some households use other water sources, such as jar/bottle water or well water, in addition to tap water.
In the following section, unit consumption (lpcd) calculated interview survey results are validated referring to that in the MoUD, WHO and other projects.
Table 2-2-5 shows the list of references to unit consumption (lpcd) used by other organizations/projects. For example, MoUD set 100 lpcd for urban areas and 65 lpcd for rural areas as the target values until 2030. In the cases of other countries, cities where more than 0.1 million people live set 120 lpcd as unit consumption and WHO recommends 110 to 140 lpcd as the standard figures. Therefore, unit water consumption for a city where more than 0.1 million people live would be preferably more than 120 lpcd. In the case of Pokhara city where 0.25 million people live, the 93.3 lpcd obtained from the interview survey results can be considered to be low as the unit water consumption for the city where more than 0.1 million people lived.
Finally, unit water consumption in Pokhara city is set at 130 lpcd consisting of 120 lpcd for domestic use and 10 lpcd for commercial use.
As shown in Table 2-2-6, daily average water consumption by small consumers is calculated at 52,765m3/day by multiplying unit water consumption by population to be served.
2-11 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-4 Parts of the Results of Interview Survey at NWSC Pokhara Branch (May, 2015)
Water Water Water Water Water Water Water Meter Working Billing Period Number of Number of No. Ward No. Consumer No. Consumption Consumption Consumption Consumption Consumption Consumption Consumption (Yes/No) (Days) households Users (m3) (m3/day) (l/build/day) (lpcd) (lpcd)* (lpcd)** (lpcd)***
77 5 33316 yes 60 1 7 20 0.33 333.33 47.62 47.6 47.6 78 18 31346 yes 30 1 6 18 0.60 600.00 100.00 100.0 100.0 100.0
79 12 24947 yes 180 2 7 94 0.52 261.11 74.60 74.6 74.6 74.6
80 18 31495 yes 30 2 9 31 1.03 516.67 114.81 114.8 114.8 114.8
81 5 9044 yes 30 1 5 23 0.77 766.67 153.33 153.3 153.3 153.3
82 18 31362 yes 30 4 16 38 1.27 316.67 79.17 79.2 79.2 79.2
83 6 20343 yes 30 1 5 21 0.70 700.00 140.00 140.0 140.0 140.0
84 18 31333 yes 30 2 9 2 0.07 33.33 7.41 7.4 7.4
85 13 32345 yes 30 1 11 31 1.03 1033.33 93.94 93.9 93.9 93.9
86 18 31434 yes 30 1 4 39 1.30 1300.00 325.00 325.0 325.0
87 13 20583 yes 30 1 3 11 0.37 366.67 122.22 122.2 122.2 122.2
88 18 31539 yes 30 5 4 18 0.60 120.00 150.00 150.0 150.0 150.0
89 12 4887 yes 30 3 12 28 0.93 311.11 77.78 77.8 77.8 77.8 90 18 31537 yes 30 6 26 10 0.33 55.56 12.82 12.8
91 6 29674 yes 30 1 6 18 0.60 600.00 100.00 100.0 100.0 100.0
92 18 31391 yes 30 1 6 31 1.03 1033.33 172.22 172.2 172.2 172.2
93 6 9013 no 30 1 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
94 18 32333 yes 30 5 19 7 0.23 46.67 12.28 12.3 12.3
95 15 31250 yes 30 1 4 17 0.57 566.67 141.67 141.7 141.7 141.7
96 18 31473 yes 120 1 5 37 0.31 308.33 61.67 61.7 61.7 61.7
97 15 24545 yes 30 1 4 3 0.10 100.00 25.00 25.0 25.0 98 18 32344 yes 30 1 3 8 0.27 266.67 88.89 88.9 88.9 88.9 99 15 11276 yes 30 1 4 4 0.13 133.33 33.33 33.3 33.3 * Inaccurate information on the consumption due to lack of customer meter. ** Water consumption is recorded as 10m3/month conveniently in case that the actual consumption is less than 10m3/month. *** Abnormal consumption volume; less than 50 lpcd or more than 200 lpcd. Source: JICA Survey Team
2-12 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-5 List of Reference Values of Water Consumption Unit of Other Organizations/Projects Consumption Country/ Organization Scale Reference (lpcd) Nepal National Urban Area 100 MoUD, National Urban Development Strategy(2015) Strategy Rural Area 65 MoUD, National Urban Development Strategy(2015) Kathmandu >100,000 35 MoUD, National Urban Development Strategy(2015) Dharan >100,000 107.6 MoUD, National Urban Development Strategy(2015) Nepalgunj 50,000~100,000 128 MoUD, National Urban Development Strategy(2015) Hetauda 50,000~100,000 73.8 MoUD, National Urban Development Strategy(2015)
>100,000 150~200 DWSS, Design Guidelines for Community Based 20,000~100,000 100~150 Gravity Flow Rural Water Supply Schemes (2012) WHO 110~140 MoUD, National Urban Development Strategy(2015) Sri Lanka Kilinochchi >40,000 120 Other Project by NJS Jaffna >100,000 120 Bangladesh Khulna >100,000 120 Other Project by NJS Source: JICA Survey Team
Table 2-2-6 Estimation results of Daily Average Water Consumption by Small Consumers in 2025 Municipality Consumption Water Demand Population Ward No. (L/capita/day) (m3/day)
1 20,379 130 2,649 2 14,147 130 1,839 3 12,962 130 1,685 4 13,502 130 1,755 5 25,966 130 3,376 6 20,421 130 2,655 7 19,362 130 2,517 8 40,035 130 5,205 Old Pokhara 9 22,947 130 2,983 Sub-Metropolitan City (PSMC) 10 26,921 130 3,500 11 19,240 130 2,501 12 17,554 130 2,282 13 22,135 130 2,878 14 12,185 130 1,584 15 26,726 130 3,474 16 21,784 130 2,832 17 46,416 130 6,034 18 11,591 130 1,507 19 7,870 130 1,023 New Merged Area 26 1,618 130 210 28 2,120 130 276 Total 405,881 52,765 * Refer to Table 2-2-2 for served population for each municipality wards Source: JICA Survey Team
2-13 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Water Consumption by Large Consumers Table 2-2-7 shows water consumption by large consumers in 2014 (This summary data is only obtained from the water meters which are working properly). The number of large consumers in December 2014 was reported at 132 and only 16 (12%) of water meters were working properly. Daily water consumption per consumer in 2014 ranges from 1,137 to 2,840 L/consumer/day and its average 2,034 L/consumer/day is set as water consumption unit by large consumers. With this assumption, daily average water consumption by large consumers is calculated at 268m3/day by multiplying water consumption unit 2,034 L/consumer/day by 132 consumers. Table 2-2-7 Water Consumption by Large Consumers in 2014 Domestic Government Industry Total Consumption Period Consumer Consumption Rate (m3/month) (m3/month) (m3/month) (m3/month) (m3/day) (L/consumer/day) 2014/1/15 17 1,202 164 0 1,366 47 2,505 2014/2/12 2014/2/13 17 1,392 125 0 1,517 51 2,840 2014/3/14 2014/3/15 17 875 188 77 1,140 38 1,718 2014/4/13 2014/4/14 16 975 270 0 1,245 40 1,838 2014/5/14 2014/5/15 18 1,015 98 22 1,135 37 2,001 2014/6/14 2014/6/15 18 926 251 10 1,187 37 1,993 2014/7/16 2014/7/17 19 923 411 0 1,334 43 2,224 2014/8/16 2014/8/17 19 1,289 146 21 1,456 47 2,678 2014/9/16 2014/9/17 18 1,268 29 17 1,314 42 1,842 2014/10/17 2014/10/18 16 1,115 139 99 1,353 45 1,137 2014/11/16 2014/11/17 17 817 138 58 1,013 35 1,245 2014/12/15 2014/12/16 16 780 1,009 21 1,810 60 2,388 2015/1/14 Average2,034 Note: Above data is only obtained from the water meters which are working properly. Source: JICA Survey Team
Water Consumption by Tourists As shown in Figure 2-2-3, the number of tourists visiting Pokhara city in 2025 is estimated based on the number of tourists to Nepal (1990~2013) and the number of tourists to Pokhara city (1990~2010). The number of tourists to Pokhara city in 2025 is estimated as 351,791, using linear approximation. If the average length of stay of tourists in Pokhara city can be set at 2.9 days based on the results of social conditions survey, the number of tourists per day can be calculated at 2,790 person/day (= 351,791×2.9/365). Then, water consumption by tourists is estimated at 363m3/day with the assumption that the consumption rate of tourists is 130 lpcd. As mentioned above, 30% of hotels and restaurants used
2-14 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
by tourists have their own wells, consumption of the well water by tourists is calculated at 109m3/day (= 363m3/day×30%).
900,000 Pokhara y = 17448x + 227575 0 800,000 Nepal 838,225 700,000 linear approximation (Pokhara) linear approximation (Nepal) 600,000 x = (year－1990) 500,000
400,000 351,719 y = 9975.4x + 2529.7 0 Numberof Tourist 300,000
200,000
100,000
0
Year
Source: JICA Survey Team Figure 2-2-3 Trend of the Number of Tourists to Nepal and Pokhara City
Water Consumption at Public Water Stands Water consumption at public water stands is calculated using the following equation.
“Water consumption at stands” = “Water consumption rate” × “Users/ stand” × “No. of stands”
Since information about water consumption and user number per stand is not available from NWSC Pokhara Branch, a field survey is conducted on the utilization of public water stands. The results of the survey are shown in Table 2-2-8 and key points of the results are summarized below.
Utilization of the public water stands is different depending on its accessibility and water supply situation. Some water stands near roads are mainly used by pedestrians (No. 2, 3 and 5 in Table 2-2-8). Although some families have their own private taps, they continue to use public water stands due to issues of frequency of water supply. (No.14 in Table 2-2-8). Since the water quality of Baldhara Spring is Photo 2-2-1 Utilization of Public Water Stand better than that of water from private taps, people use the public water stand which provides Baldhara Spring water for drinking purpose. (No. 4 in Table 2-2-8).
2-15 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
In the areas No.6 to No.15 in Table 2-2-8, people use water from the public water stands for domestic use and the average number of users per day is 100 persons.
Since it is difficult to project water consumption rate at public water stands, 45 lpcd which is referred to in “Design Guideline (2002) by DWSS”, is applied. As the result, water consumption at public water stands is calculated as 675 m3/day (=45 lpcd × 100 capita/stand × 150 stands).
Table 2-2-8 Survey Results on the Utilization of Public Water Stands
No. House User Private Tap Water Supply Situation Main Purpose
1 40 150 ◯ Not working last 1 year - 2 6 20 ◯ Everyday Temporary use by pedestrian 3 NA 200 △ Everyday Domestic use and temporary use by pedestrian 4 NA 500 ◯ 3 to 4 times in a week Only for drinking water 5 NA 40 ◯ 4 times in a week Mainly temporary use by pedestrian 6 60 230 Everyday Domestic and commercial use 7 20 80 Everyday Domestic use 8 15 60 2hrs in alternative days Domestic use 9 20 80 4hrs in alternative days Domestic use 10 20 80 4hrs in alternative days Domestic use 11 20 80 4hrs in alternative days Domestic use 12 20 80 4hrs in alternative days Domestic use 13 10 40 △ 4hrs in alternative days Domestic use 14 30 110 △ Everyday Domestic use 15 50 190 after each 5 to 6 days Domestic use ◯: most houses have private taps, △: half of houses have private taps, : No house has a private tap * The shaded rows in this table only use the water from the public water stands for temporary use or particular purpose. Source: JICA Survey Team
Evaluation of Current Water Supply Estimated Volume of Water Supply In this section, to evaluate water balance in Pokhara city, a comparison is made between current water supply and consumption. Volume of current water supply is unknown because there are no flow meters at reservoirs. Therefore the Team did a flow measurement of water supply from the Mardi Khola and found it is about 46,000m3/day. Using this data and other water source’s nominal capacity, total volume of current water supply is estimated at about 54,120m3/day, as shown in Table 2-2-9.
Table 2-2-9 Estimated Volume of Current Water Supply in Pokhara City Water source Capacity (m3/day) Notes Mardi Khola 46,000 Result of flow measurement by the Team Bhote Khola 1,500 Kali Khola 2,000 Baldhara Spring 300 Deep Well 4,320 1 m3/min×3 wells =1,440 m3/day×3 wells
2-16 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Water source Capacity (m3/day) Notes Total 54,120 * Capacities of Bhote Khola, Kali Khola, and Baldhara spring are determined by referring to “Pokhara Water Supply Report (2005). The capacities of Bhote Khola, Kali Khola in this table represent the minimum amount in the dry season. The average amount for these is as follows. Bhote Khola = 1,500~5,000m3/day, Kali Khola = 2,000 to 5,000 m3/day (Pokhara Water Supply Report, 2005)
Note that the amount of design water supply from the Mardi Khola is 41,000m3/day as shown in section 2- 2-2-3 considering capacity of existing intake and transmission pipelines, although water balance is estimated above based on current water supply. Considering 41,000m3/day of design water supply from the Mardi Khola, total amount of design water supply is 49,120m3/day shown in Table 2-2-16.
Current Water Consumption Volume Water consumption by small consumers at present is calculated using the following equation. “Water consumption”＝“Total volume obtained from meter reading” / “Working ratio of meter” As shown in Table 2-2-10, total consumption volume obtained from water meter reading is 10,333m3/day. On the other hand, working ratio of meters in January 2015 is approximately 50%, as shown in Table 2- 2-11. Therefore, the current daily average water consumption by small consumers is estimated as 20,666m3/day (=10,333m3/day / 0.50).
Table 2-2-10 Water Consumption Volume by Small Consumers in 2014 Domestic Government Industry Total Consumption Period Consumer (m3/month) (m3/month) (m3/month) (m3/month) (m3/day) 2014/1/15 14,072 251,798 249 210 252,257 8,699 2014/2/12 2014/2/13 15,172 273,431 1,577 248 275,256 9,175 2014/3/14 2014/3/15 15,724 280,959 580 847 282,386 9,413 2014/4/13 2014/4/14 15,477 272,670 698 395 273,763 8,831 2014/5/14 2014/5/15 15,914 323,670 360 299 324,329 10,462 2014/6/14 2014/6/15 14,711 272,642 338 295 273,275 8,540 2014/7/16 2014/7/17 16,036 319,481 316 264 320,061 10,325 2014/8/16 2014/8/17 16,122 348,077 499 292 348,868 11,254 2014/9/16 2014/9/17 15,336 339,935 1,367 401 341,703 11,023 2014/10/17 2014/10/18 15,335 353,220 660 368 354,248 11,808 2014/11/16 2014/11/17 16,168 358,209 912 281 359,402 12,393 2014/12/15 2014/12/16 17,140 361,593 501 245 362,339 12,078 2015/1/14 Average 10,333 Maximum 12,393
2-17 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Note: * Above data is consumption volume only obtained from water meter reading of working meters. ** Consumer number is not number of users but number of consumers. Source: JICA Survey Team
Table 2-2-11 Working Ratio and Number of Water Meters Customer meter Number of Meters Percentage Running meter 17,156 50% Meter is damaged, has some problems or there is no meter 10,867 31% Not read or others 6,500 19% Total 34,523 100%
If water consumption by large consumers, tourist, and at public water stands are assumed as shown above, authorized consumption in 2015 is calculated as 21,609m3/day, as shown in Table 2-2-12.
Table 2-2-12 Authorized Consumption in 2015 Water Amount Breakdown (m3/day) I. Billed Consumption (A+B+C ) 20,934 (A) Small Consumer 20,666 (B) Large Consumer 268 (C) Tourist 0 II. Unbilled Consumption (D) 675 (D) Public water stand 675 Total = I + II 21,609
Table 2-2-13 shows the classification results of distribution and consumption volume in 2015, based on international water balance by IWA and WBI. Water losses in 2015 are accounted for 32,500m3/day out of 54,120m3/day as system input volume and its ratio is about 60% (= (54,120-21,610) / 54,120). If real losses and apparent losses can be assumed 60% and 40% respectively, when total water losses are 100%, current ratio of real losses and apparent losses to system input volume are calculated as 36% and 24%. Here, we applied the ratio of 60% for real losses and 40% for apparent losses as the ratio for developing countries referring to “The Challenge of Reducing Non-Revenue Water in Developing Countries (2006), WBI”.
In general, the ratio of apparent losses is higher in developing countries than in developed countries. Apparent losses are water losses due to such issues as water theft, error at meter reading (including uncounted water by meter) and human error with data handling. In Pokhara city, water theft is not common. However, from the fact that the working ratio of water meters in Pokhara city is only about 50%, it’s easy to imagine that there are lots of water meters not working accurately due to poor water quality. That is, error at meter reading occurs easily. Therefore, considerations on apparent losses are necessary for waterworks in Pokhara city.
2-18 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-13 Classification Results of Distribution and Consumption Volume in Pokhara City in 2015 Billed Authorized Consumption Revenue Water Authorized 20,930 m3/day 20,930 m3/day Consumption 39% 39% 21,610 m3/day Unbilled Authorized Consumption 40% 680 m3/day System Input Volume 1% 54,120 m3/day Apparent Losses Non-Revenue Water 100% 13,000 m3/day 33,190 m3/day Water Losses 24% (40%)* 61% 32,510 m3/day Real Losses 60% (100%) 19,510 m3/day 36% (60%)* * Source: The Challenge of Reducing Non-Revenue Water in Developing Countries, World Bank (2006)
(5) Estimation of Daily Average Water Demand Authorized consumption in 2025 is calculated at 53,817m3/day, as shown in Table 2-2-14.
Table 2-2-14 Authorized C1onsumption in 2025 Water Amount Breakdown (m3/day) I. Billed Consumption (A+B+C ) 53,142 (A) Small Consumer 52,765 (B) Large Consumer 268 (C) Tourist (well water) 109 II. Unbilled Consumption (D) 675 (D) Public faucet 675 Total = I + II 53,817
If the ratio of real losses becomes 27% after completion of the Project, the ratio of water losses to daily average water demand will become 45%. As the result, daily average water demand is calculated at 97,849m3/day according to following equation. “Daily average water demand” = “Authorized consumption” / “Ratio of authorized consumption” = 53,817 m3/day / (1 – 0.45) = 97,849 m3/day Table 2-2-15 Classification Results of Distribution and Consumption Amount in Pokhara City in 2025 Billed Authorized Consumption Revenue Water Authorized 53,142 m3/day 53,142 m3/day Consumption 54% 54% 53,817 m3/day Unbilled Authorized Consumption 55% 675 m3/day Daily Average 1% Water Demand Apparent Losses Non-Revenue Water 97,849 m3/day 17,613 m3/ day 44,707m3/day 100% Water Losses 18% (40%) 46% 44,032 m3/day Real Losses 45% (100%) 26,419 m3/day 27% (60%)
2-19 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
(6) Estimation of Daily Maximum Water Demand The load factor in 2015 is calculated at about 83.4% from the information on actual water consumption volume used by small consumers, as shown in Table 2-2-10.
“Load factor” = “Daily average water demand” / “Daily maximum water demand” = 10,333m3/day / 12,393m3/day = 83.4 % * Refer to Table 2-2-10 for daily average water demand and daily maximum water demand by small consumers.
This value meets the load factor by size of the population described in Japanese Design Criteria for Waterworks Facilities (2012). In this book, the load factor for a city with a population of 250,000~500,000 is about 78~88%. Therefore, the calculated load factor for the Project is appropriate to use for Pokhara city, as its population is 264,000 in 2011. Daily maximum water demand in 2025 is estimated as 117,325m3/day, dividing daily average water demand by the load factor as follows: “Daily maximum water demand” = “Daily average water demand” / “Load factor” = 97,849m3/day / 0.834 = 117,325m3/day It should be noted that the value of 117,325m3/day as daily maximum water demand is based on the assumption that water supply coverage will be 100% in the planned s area.
(7) Estimation of Current Served Population and Water Supply Service Coverage Current water consumption by small consumers is 20,666 m3/day, as mentioned in “(4)3) Evaluation of Current Water Supply”. If the per capita consumption of small consumers is assumed as 130 lpcd, served population in 2015 is calculated as about 159,000. Additionally, since population in the water supply service area in 2015 is 304,869 as mentioned in Table 2-2-2, water supply coverage is calculated at about 52% (=159,000/304,869).
(8) Water Supply and Demand Balance in 2025 The volume of water available for supply in 2025, is estimated at 49,120 m3/day, as shown in Table 2-2-16. Since the daily average water demand in 2025 is 97,849 m3/day, the ratio of available water supply volume (capacity) to demand in 2025 is calculated at about 50% (=49,120m3/day / 97,849m3/day).
Table 2-2-16 Volume of Water Available for Supply in 2025 Water source Capacity (m3/day) Notes Mardi Khola 41,000 * Planned treated water volume at WTP Bhote Khola 1,500 Kali Khola 2,000 Baldhara Spring 300 Deep Well 4,320 1 m3/min×3 wells =1,440 m3/day×3 wells Total 49,120 * Capacities of Bhote Khola, Kali Khola, and Baldhara Spring are determined by referring to “Pokhara Water Supply Report (2005). The capacities of Bhote Khola, Kali Khola in this table represent the minimum amount in the dry
2-20 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
season. The average amount for these is as follows: Bhote Khola = 1,500 to 5,000m3/day, Kali Khola = 2,000 to 5,000m3/day (Pokhara Water Supply Report, 2005)
(9) Summary of Results Table 2-2-17 shows the summary of the results on the water demand analysis.
Table 2-2-17 Summary of the Results of Water Demand Analysis Items Unit Quantity Calculation Reference Planned served population capita 405,881 (A), estimated value (3) Water Consumption unit lpcd 130 (B), setting value (4) 2) Consumption by small consumers m3/day 52,765 (C) = (A) x (B) (4) 2) Consumption by large consumers m3/day 268 (D), estimated value (4) 2) Consumption by tourists m3/day 109 (E), estimated value (4) 2) Consumption at public water stands m3/day 675 (F), estimated value (4) 2) Authorized consumption m3/day 53,817 (G) = (C) + (D) + (E) + (F) (4) 4) Ratio of real losses % 27 (H), assumed value as 60% of water losses Appendix A-6-5 Ratio of apparent losses % 18 (I), assumed value as 40% of water losses (4) 4) Ratio of water losses % 45 (J) = (H) + (I) (4) 4) Water losses m3/day 44,032 (K) = (L) – (G) (4) 4) Daily average water supply m3/day 97,849 (L) = (G) / (1 – (J) /100） (4) 4) Planning load factor % 83.4 (M), actual value (5) Daily maximum water supply m3/day 117,325 (N) = (L) x (100 / (M)) (5) Available water volume m3/day 49,120 (O), expected value (4) 3) Ratio of water supply volume to % (P) = (O) / (L) x 100 (7) demand 50
Raw Water Transmission Facilities (1) Capacity of the Existing Raw Water Transmission Pipes It is necessary to convey 42,000m3/day of river water from the intake weir of the Mardi River to the proposed WTP for the production of 41,000m3/day of clear water. There are two raw water transmission pipelines with 400mm dia. and 500mm dia. at present. Combined flow of the two existing raw water transmission mains is studied using the measurement results of flow rate by an ultrasonic flowmeter and fluctuated water levels in the reservoirs during a site survey. The design flow, measured flow and calculated flow (using Hazen-Williams equation), are shown in Table 2-2-18.
Table 2-2-18 Flow Capacity of the Existing Raw Water Transmission Mains Main Design Flow Calculated Flow Measured Flow (ave.) Dia.400mm 16,000m3/day 14,000m3/day More than (C=110) *) 16,000m3/day Dia.500mm 25,000m3/day 30,000～37,600m3/day More than 3 (C=88～110) *) 30,000m /day Total 41,000m3/day 44,000～51,600m3/day More than 46,000m3/day *): C is a roughness coefficient or design coefficient determined for the type of pipe or tube.
The above measured flows are the flows of the existing pipelines from intake to the reservoirs. However, the flow may be slightly differed from the above Table 2-2-17, because the pipelines will be divided into three portions as shown in Figure 2-2-4. Therefore, it is important to know the flows in the following two
2-21 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
sections. a) From the existing intake box to new grit chamber/sedimentation tank b) From new grit chamber/sedimentation tank to proposed WTP
(2) Replacement of Raw Water Transmission Pipes The existing raw water transmission pipes have issues on leakage and lower flow capacity in some sections. Replacements of existing pipelines at two sections are proposed as follows:
a) A section from the existing intake box to new grit chamber/sedimentation tank Existing pipelines with 400mm dia. and 500mm dia. for 300m shall be replaced by 800mm dia. pipes. Reason This is to minimize water head loss in this section, which allows for setting a higher elevation of bottom slab of grit chamber/sedimentation tanks for cost saving and easy O&M of the facilities, especially for removal of sludge b) A section from new grit chamber/sedimentation tank to the WTP The existing 400mm dia. and 500mm dia. pipes shall be replaced by 800 mm dia. Pipes for 880m in length including inverted siphons crossing the Seti River. Reason There are risks for the existing pipeline crossing the Seti River to have damages by flooding and earthquakes. An application of inverted siphons and construction of a new pipeline along the new access road to the WTP reduce risks considerably.
It should be noted that the existing HDPE-pipe suspension bridge located at the downstream of the WTP, for which NWSC originally requested to replace by a new one, should be out of project scope of work, since the bridge is robustly constructed and there seems to be less risk against the flooding of the Seti River.
Figure 2-2-4 Raw Water Transmission Pipes, Before and After the Project Implementation
The following table shows the results of the hydraulic calculations for 42,000m3/day flow that is transferred from the intake point to the WTP through the new conveyance main.
2-22 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-19 Raw Water Transmission Pipeline Hydraulic Calculations after the Project Implementation
Start End C Hydraulic Pipe Pipe Length Diameter Flow Velocity Loss Pressure Node Node Value Gradient Property Reference
(m) (mm) (m3/sec) (m/sec) (0/00) (m) (m) 1 1 => 3 100 500 88 0.287 1.46 7.736 0.774 0 0 Existing 2 2 => 3 100 400 110 0.199 1.586 7.736 0.774 0 0 Existing 3 3 => 4 300 800 110 0.486 0.967 1.378 0.413 0 0 New 4 5 => 7 1240 500 88 0.287 1.46 7.736 9.593 0 0 Existing 5 6 => 7 1240 400 110 0.199 1.586 7.736 9.593 0 0 Existing 6 7 => 8 880 800 110 0.486 0.967 1.378 1.213 0 0 New Remark): Pipe 1 and 4 applies C value=88, which is obtained from actual flow measurements. According to the hydraulic calculations, the total head loss from the intake (Node 1) to the grit chamber (Node 4) is 1.187m, which is comprised of head losses h1 from Node 1 to Node 3 (0.774m) and h2 from Node 3 to Node 4 (0.413m). These head losses will set the water level to be WL+1043.113m (WL+1044.300m at intake point – 1.187m losses) at the entrance of the grit chamber. This head is higher than the inlet level of the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank, which is higher than planned WL+1042.500m, thus the pipe arrangement will allow for higher flow capacity than 42,000m3/day.
From the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank to the WTP; the head losses between Node 5/6 and Node 7 and between Node 7 and Node 8 are estimated at 9.563m and 1.213m, respectively, therefore total head losses from grit chamber/ sedimentation tank to WTP arrives at 10.806m. The water level at the inlet chamber of the WTP is WL+1031.194 (WL+1042.000m – 10.806m losses). Since the water level at inlet chamber is higher than planned WL+1030.500m, the pipeline allows for higher flow than 42,000m3/day.
2-23 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-5 Hydrulic Profile of Raw Water Transmission Pipeline After the Project Implementation
2-24 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
(3) Pending Issues and Necessary Actions Present flow of existing raw water transmission line of 400mm dia. is confirmed by field measurement that more than calculated flow capacity is ensured as shown in Table 2-2-18. The flow of the existing pipeline of 500mm dia., however, measured with less than the calculated flow capacity. This phenomenon may be caused by the obstructions at the Mardi River invert siphon, HDPE-pipe Bridge, and air binding/silt settlement in the downstream pipes.
Existing raw water transmission lines laid between the intake weir and the reservoirs does not have any water pressure opening to atmosphere. In case of the construction of grit chamber and WTP with water pressure release at the intermediate points from existing intake weir to the reservoir, the Projection of accurate water pressure of 500mm dia. along the pipeline is difficult. In this connection, the following field test is recommended to conduct during the detailed design stage.
a. Measure water pressure in the 500mm dia. pipes near the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and the WTP. b. Measure flow at the above mentioned two points during the water pressure measuring time. c. Calculate C values for the pipes between the intake weir and grit chamber/ sedimentation tank, and between the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and the WTP, respectively. d. Estimate the flow for the two pipeline sections, using the C values obtained by the above calculations. e. If the estimated flow is less than 42,000m3/day and it is not possible to solve the problems, then the design flow for the WTP shall be reduced.
Water Treatment Facility (1) Capacity of WTP A series of water flow from water intake to water distribution is presented in Figure 2-2-6 in comparison between treatment capacities of 25,000m3/day requested by Nepalese side and 41,000m3/day recommended by the Team.
The requested WTP capacity by Nepalese side is limited to only 25,000m3/day in use of the water transmitted by 500mm dia. pipeline. In this case, the WTP does not treat the raw water taken from the Mardi River and transmitted by 400mm dia. pipeline to Amalabisauni reservoir. The treated water must be mixed with un-treated water at Bindhabasini reservoir before distribution, the water quality of which is not improved well. On the other hand, if the WTP capacity is planned to be 41,000m3/day, all the water taken from the Mardi River can be treated. In this case, water quality is improved following the flow with blue color in application of 41,000m3/day.
2-25 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Original Request by Nepal (WTP: 25,000m3/day) Proposal by the Team (WTP: 41,000m3/day) Figure 2-2-6 System Diagram for Plant Capacity of 25,000m3/day and 41,000m3/day
To ensure 41,000m3/day for the WTP, it is necessary to confirm continuous availability of the intake amount from the Mardi River. The results of the study are summarized below.
Capacity of the Mardi River and Water Transmission Pipelines There is a hydrological station managed by DMH, 250m upstream from intake weir, therefore, the flow at the station is regarded as the same as intake weir point.
According to that data, droughty water-discharge from 2007 to 2010 is in the range of 1.7 to 2.9m3/sec (146,900m3/day-250,600m3/day). On the other hand, flow measurement results carried out in this study in the dry season ranged from 3.21m3/sec (277,000m3/day) to 4.26m3/sec (368,000m3/day). Therefore, droughty water-discharge rates obtained from the station seem to be realistic and there is no problem to use the flow of the Mardi River for water supply (42,000m3/day) through the year. Considering the droughty water-discharge, the Mardi River can be the future water source for Pokhara city.
After water treatment, water will be transmitted using the existing transmission pipes to the existing reservoirs for distribution of water to the water users. The existing two pipe lines with dia. of 400mm and 500mm have a joint capacity of 41,000m3/day, while measurement result shows 46,000m3/day. It is recommended that the capacity of 41,000m3/day should be adopted for the transmission lines in consideration of future corrosion, sedimentation of foreign materials in the pipes.
After water treatment, water will be transmitted using the existing transmission pipes to the existing reservoirs for distribution of water to the water users. The existing two pipe lines with dia. of 400mm and 500mm have a joint capacity of 41,000m3/day, while measurement result shows 46,000m3/day. It is
2-26 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
considered to be adequate that the capacity of 41,000m3/day should be adopted for the transmission lines in consideration of current flow capacity and separation into three portions by grit chamber/sedimentation and WTP.
Water Quality of the Mardi River Water quality in the Mardi River is analyzed at authorized laboratories in both Nepal and Japan during this study. Examination results showed that turbidity, iron and bacteria in raw water both in the dry and rainy seasons have slightly higher values than those in the drinking water standards of Nepal. Odor and aluminum measured in Japan also had slightly higher values than those in the drinking water standards of Nepal. Cryptosporidium is not found in the raw water. Extremely high levels of iron, aluminum and bacteria are not found in raw water for water supply, and they may be easily removed at the proposed WTP to be constructed. A high level of turbidity in the rainy season, however, is found and is required to be removed at the proposed WTP. As mentioned in the above, the Mardi River has enough flow capacity and suitable water quality as water source of the Project.
Design Plant Capacity : 41,000m3/day
(2) Land for Proposed WTP Candidate Sites for the WTP Locations on candidate sites for the WTP are shown in Figure 2-2-7. However, candidate site 1 includes land area for grit chamber, sedimentation tank and WTP. An outline of each site is summarized in Table 2-2-20. These candidate sites are selected, considering topographic conditions and appropriate size of land for the proposed facilities.
There are four candidate sites and the part of “Candidate 1” was already purchased by the NWSC. The NWSC requested the Team to use the land with priority. The following are study results for the selection of the site for the construction of the WTP.
The Mardi River
The Seti River
Candidate-1 Si
Intake Candidate-2
Candidate-4
Candidate-3
Figure 2-2-7 Locations of WTP Candidate Sites
2-27 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-20 Outline of WTP Candidate Sites Outline Aero-Photo Candidate-1: for grit chamber/sedimentation tank and WTP NWSC Land：Elevation +1043.6m School Land：Elevation +1041.3m School Land (Public Area：2.1ha NWSC land Combination of NWSC’s land School and private land. NWSC’s land can be used preferentially. School land is public land and it can be easily acquired. Private Land：About 5m higher than School Land. Private land
Candidate-2: for WTP Elevation：+1038.9m Area：0.7ha Elevation of this land is irregular/ uneven, and available land is 130m length and 50-70m width.
Candidate-3: for WTP Elevation：+988.5m Area：2.7ha This land is comparatively wide, but the elevation is lower than Amalabisauni reservoir of +1002m
Candidate-4: for WTP Elevation：+1027.0m Area：2.7ha This land is comparatively wide, but is difficult to access.
2-28 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Site Selection for WTP The following items are studied to ensure about 2.5 ha for the construction of the WTP. a. Suitability of the location and elevation of site b. Appropriate size of the land to accommodate planned facilities c. Hydrological condition to ensure gravity flow from intake weir to distribution reservoir
Location and Elevation of Site The proposed WTP will receive raw water through the raw water transmission lines with dia. 400mm and dia. 500m (partially dia.800mm) from intake weir to the WTP. After water treatment, water will be conveyed by gravity to Amalabisauni reservoir and Bindhabasini reservoir. Therefore, the elevation of the treatment plant shall be higher than that of these reservoirs.
Table 2-2-21 shows the elevation of the reservoirs and the WTP candidate sites. Candidate-3 site has an elevation of +988.5m, which is lower than the Amalabisauni reservoir elevation of +1,002.5m, therefore Candidate-3 site should be canceled.
The elevations of other Candidate sites (1, 2 and 4) are higher than that of the Amalabisauni reservoir site, therefore, these sites are further studied.
Table 2-2-21 Elevation and Area of Candidate Sites Site Elevation (m) Available Area Remarks Candidate-1 +1,043.6 2.1 ha Candidate-2 +1,038.9 0.7 ha small-size that the requirement for WTP Candidate-3 +988.5 2.7 ha Lower than Amalabisauni reservoir Candidate-4 +1,027.2 2.7 ha Amalabisauni reservoir +1,002.5 - Bindhabasini Reservoir +932.7 -
Area of Land required for the construction of planned water supply facilities Required land area for the proposed treatment facilities is shown in Table 2-2-22. Grit chamber/ sedimentation tanks require 130m x 50m (0.65 ha), while the WTP consisting of slow sand filters and water reservoirs, requires 216m x 84m (approx. 1.8 ha), therefore, total approx. 2.5 ha of land is required.
Table 2-2-22 Necessary Land Area for Construction of Planned Facilities Facility Required Land Space Grit Chamber/ Sedimentation Tank 130m×50m (approx. 0.65 ha) WTP (Slow Sand Filter + Water Reservoir) 216m×84m (approx.. 1.8 ha) Total 2.5ha
NWSC has acquired approx. 0.8 ha of the land at Candidate-1 site, which is a part of overall candidate area. The acquired land can accommodate grit chamber and sedimentation tank. Cadidate-1 site is located near the intake weir, and grit chamber and sedimentation tank, which are required to remove most of the suspended solid in the raw water and to maintain less settlement in the pipes. This site, however, requires
2-29 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
an additional 1.8ha to accommodate the WTP (slow sand filters and water reservoirs) at Candidate-2 site or Candidate-4 site.
At Candidate-4 site, 2.7 ha of land is available, which is sufficient enough for the construction of the WTP. Candidate-2 site is surrounded by houses, a river and stepped terrace, and the available land is limited to only 0.7 ha, which is too small to construct the WTP. Therefore, Candidate-2 site is omitted. Candidate-1 and -4 sites with enough land area for the construction of the WTP are further examined including a case study as shown below.
Case Study Feasibility studies for the following two cases are made considering Candidate-1 and Candidate-4 sites.
a) Case-1: Construction of Grit chamber and sedimentation tank at Candidate-1 site and WTP at Candidate-4 site. In this case, grit chamber and sedimentation tank are constructed at Candidate-1 site and preliminary treated water, 42,000m3/day, is transmitted to the WTP to be constructed at Candidate- 4 site. Then clean water is transferred to Amalabisauni and Bindhabasini reservoirs.
b) Case-2: Construction of grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP at Candidate-1 site Grit chamber and sedimentation tank and WTP are all constructed within Candidate-1 site. Raw water is treated through grit chamber, sedimentation tank, slow sand filter and clean water reservoir at Candidate-1 site, and treated water is transferred to Amalabisauni and Bindhabasini reservoirs from the site. Candidate-1 site has an area of 2.1 ha with crescent-shaped. Available land area is tight and shape of land is not favorable for the layout of facilities, but required facilities can be managed to accommodate in the area.
Comparative study and selection results Further study is made for the two cases mentioned above as shown in Table 2-2-23. The proposed layout plan of WTP at Candidate-4 site in Case-1 is shown in Figure 2-2-8 and layout plan of Case-2 for all planned facilities at Candidate-1 site is shown in Figure 2-2-9.
2-30 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-8 Case-1 WTP Layout Plan
2-31 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-9 Case-2 WTP Layout Plan
2-32 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-23 Comparison of Case-1 and Case-2 Case-1 Case-2 Item (Candidate-1: Pre-Treatment/Candidate-4: WTP) (Candidate-1: Pre-Treatment + WTP) Pre-Treatment Facility to be built at Candidate-1 site near Intake Both Pre-Treatment Facility and WTP to be built at Candidate- Case Outline point and WTP to be built at Candidate-4 site at downstream 1 site near Intake point of the Seti River Grit Chamber/sedimentation Tank: 1.1 ha/Access road: 0.1 ha Grit Chamber/sedimentation Tank + WTP: 3.5 ha Required Area WTP: 1.8 ha/Access road: 0.4 ha => Total 3.4 ha Access road: 0.1 ha => Total 3.6 ha Candidate-4 site is located on flat ground, but it requires an Candidate-1 site requires river protection and land reclamation Need for Land Development access road with approx. 700 m long. for some areas with 5 m deep. Two locations along the Seti River are exposed to a risk of Two locations along the Seti River have a risk of land slide, and Risk of Damaging Pipeline landslide, but this can be avoided by re-routing the pipeline. this risk remains in the future. Candidate-1 site is as per right column. Candidate-1 site is located along the Mardi River, and school Candidate-4 site is located along the Seti River, however land is land has been flooded several times. Elevation of the Risk of Flood much higher than the river water level. land/structures shall be raised, and this requires additional construction costs. Candidate-1 site is as per right column. Candidate-1 site is not overhead ground and it is covered with Some lands at Candidate-4 site along the Seti River have a risk vegetation. The land is stable. Risk of Land Collapse of land collapse. But, the risk can be avoided by keeping some distance from the river for the buffer zone. Candidate-1 site is as per right column. Candidate-1 site is owned by NWSC, the government and Land Acquisition Candidate-4 site is owned by the private sector. In addition, private sector. It is less difficult to obtain the land than land for access road shall be acquired. Candidate-4. Environment Consideration There is no risk to environment after constructing WTP. There is no risk to environment after constructing WTP. Candidate-1site is as per right column. Candidate-1 requires riverbank protection and flood protection Construction Cost Candidate-4 site requires an access road approx. 700 m long. by raising ground elevation with little cost. The facilities are located on two sites. But grit chambers and Maintenance work is manageable due to all the facilities being Maintenance Work sedimentation tanks needs little maintenance works. located on one site. Possibility of Future Site There is enough land for future extension. Nearly all the land will be used for this construction, and there Extension will be no room for future expansion. Candidate-4 site may require more time to acquire the land. There are more construction costs with Candidate-1 site and the However, it is more suitable for WTP site. operation and maintenance would be more difficult. The only Evaluation advantage is land acquisition. Case-1 is recommended. Case-2 is not recommended.
2-33 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
As a result of the comparative study between the two cases, Case-1 is selected, this proposal is discussed with NWSC and they subsequently agreed the plan. NWSC has now started their actions for the acquisition of the required land.
(3) Study on Water Treatment Process Comparison of Treatment Process As described in Appendix A-6-6, high turbidity during rainy season shall be treated at the WTP. The following three typical water treatment processes are studied in this study for the proposed WTP: a. Sedimentation Process b. Slow Sand Filtration Process c. Rapid Sand Filtration Process The detail comparison of these three processes is summarized in Table 2-2-24.
2-34 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-24 Comparison of Water Treatment Processes Item Sedimentation Slow Sand Filtration Rapid Sand Filtration Facility Grit Chamber Grit Chamber Grit Chamber Sedimentation Tank Sedimentation Tank or Roughing Filter Coagulation/sedimentation Tank Water Reservoir Slow Sand Filter Rapid Sand Filter Chlorination Water Reservoir Water Reservoir Chlorination Chlorination Treatment Process Sedimentation Tank: Slow Sand Filter: Rapid Sand Filter: Suspended particles are removed in stagnant Schmutzdecke and sand layer in filter catches and Coagulated floc in water is removed by moving or slow flowing condition in tanks. resolves suspended and dissolved matters. and attaching to sand surfaces. Raw Water Turbidity No limitation 10 NTU is preferable. 30-50 NTU may be High turbidity can be adjustable by coagulant acceptable for short period. injection, but difficult to adjust for rapid change of turbidity. Pre-Treatment Not required. For raw water more than 10 NTU, it is necessary Coagulation and sedimentation are necessary. to treat by sedimentation tank or roughing filter. Treated Water High turbidity can remained in treated water. Good quality can be maintained if the raw water Good quality can be maintained. is less than 10 NTU. Filter Cleaning Not required. Scraping and washing sand is required every three Backwashing is required once a day. months. Chemical Dosing Chlorine is necessary. Chlorine is necessary. Coagulant and chlorine are necessary. Sludge Generation Sludge settled in the tank shall be removed Settled sludge from sedimentation tank, and Every day, sludge from sedimentation tank and several times a year. sludge from backwash water of roughing filter backwash water in filter shall be removed. and slow sand shall be removed several times a Sludge generation is the largest. year. Operation Cost Cost for chlorine, and sludge removing from Cost for chlorine, sludge removing from Cost for chlorine, and daily sludge removing sedimentation tank is necessary. sedimentation tank, and filter sand washing is from sedimentation tank, and filter washing is necessary. necessary. O&M Only sludge removal is required several times No man -power required for daily operation. Only Man-power required for daily operation. Also a year. sludge removal/second scraping and washing is regular maintenance work requires a lot of man- required several times a year. power. Construction Cost Approx. 0.7 billion Yen Approx. 2.0 billion Yen Approx. 3.2 billion Yen Required Area Approx. 1.0 ha Approx. 2.5 ha *) Approx. 2.0 ha *): Area includes Grit Chamber, Sedimentation Tank, Slow Sand Filter, and all other necessary facilities
2-35 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
From the above comparison of the water treatment processes, the following can be concluded.
a. Sedimentation process has the lowest construction cost and O&M of the facilities is easy without daily routine work. However, it is difficult to ensure the improvement of water quality without stable treatment for drinking purpose during the rainy season. b. In application of either slow or rapid sand filtration process, a constant water supply can be provided to meet water quality required by Nepalese Drinking Water Standards. c. Slow sand filtration process requires daily maintenance work, however, the work is simple without requiring sophisticated work, which is necessary for the rapid sand filtration process with mechanical/electrical equipment. d. Slow sand filtration process requires larger land area than the other processes, but adequate and timely arrangements allow for the acquisition of the land. e. Rapid sand filtration process requires higher construction and O&M costs as it needs more chemical and electricity compared with other processes.
Through the above evaluation, it is evident that both slow and rapid sand filtration processes produce water on a same quality level. However, rapid sand filtration process is costly both in construction and O&M of facilities aside from the difficulty in O&M comparing with slow sand filtration process. Therefore, it is recommended to apply slow sand filtration process and NWSC agreed on the selection of the process. Employing the slow sand filtration process, it is recommended that pre-treatment facilities against high turbid raw water in the rainy season should be provided. A Sedimentation tank or roughing filter may be applicable as the pre-treatment process. In this connection, an assessment of turbidity during rainy season and simplified column settling test are carried out in order to select the preferred pre-treatment process.
Comparison of pre-Treatment Processes Turbidity of the Mardi River was measured for 36 days from 17th July to 3rd September in 2015. Although turbidity of less than 50 NTU was recorded for many days during the rainy season, 10days were recorded with more than 50 NTU including two days with over 500 NTU. The simplified column settling tests were conducted five times from 17th July up to September, using river water taken from the Mardi River or from raw water transmission line. The test results are shown in Figure 2-2-10, and the summary is shown in Table 2-2-25. Table 2-2-25 Summary of Settling Test Raw Settled Removal Date Water Water 2-hrs Remarks Rate NTU NTU Under the condition of continuous high turbidity for many hours, 7/30 530 160 70% the raw water contained high concentration of silt exhibited the settled water with high turbidity even after 2 hrs. Short heavy rain increased the turbidity, but the water contained 7/28 506 71.0 86% many easily settling sand/silt. 7/31 194 71.3 63% Long periods of rain increased the turbidity. 7/17 83.0 34.3 59% Raw water was sampled after continuous 2-3 rainy days. 9/3 174 31.9 82% 8 hrs-20.7NTU/12 hrs-12.9NTU/18 hrs-10.9NTU In case that a particle size is comparatively big, even the raw water with the turbidity over 500 NTU is
2-36 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
settled with 71 NTU (after 2 hours) as experienced on July 28, resulted in removal ratio of 86%. On the other hand, in case that raw water contained relatively smaller size particles after heavy and continuous rain (sampled water was about 500 NTU), as experienced on July 30, the settled water remained at 160 NTU.
Time 7/17 7/28 7/30 7/31 9/3 0 83.0 506.0 530.0 194.0 174.0 3 66.2 335.0 305.0 136.0 86.8 5 61.1 286.0 291.0 91.9 63.0 10 51.3 160.0 231.0 116.0 52.2 15 46.6 106.0 227.0 86.2 50.7 30 35.7 86.6 239.0 93.4 57.8 45 36.7 77.5 199.0 87.3 39.0 1hr 41.7 75.0 183.0 80.3 41.8 1.25hr 37.1 77.1 178.0 79.3 44.9 1.5hr 36.0 80.1 169.0 71.4 39.6 1.75hr 43.2 85.9 159.0 70.7 36.9 2hr 34.4 71.0 160.0 71.3 31.9 4hr 21.7 6hr 16.4 8hr 20.7 10hr 14.3 12hr 12.9 18hr 33.8 10.9 44hr 11.7 Figure 2-2-10 Test Result of Settling Test in Rainy Season
The following are a common guide on allowable turbidity of raw water for the application of slow sand filters.
a. Less than 10 NTU is required under normal operation, but approx. 30 NTU can be acceptable if the duration is less than 30 continuous days, as per Japanese standard practice. b. According to AWWA standards, raw water turbidity should be less than 30-50 NTU.
River water is high turbidity in rainy season and large particles in the water will be removed at grit chamber/sedimentation tank at first, then it is sent to slow sand filter in the WTP for the further treatment. While river water is low turbidity in dry season and it is sent to slow sand filter directly. Therefore, a bypass pipe at grit chamber/sedimentation tank will be provided.
In case that a heavy rain continue with the turbidity of more than 500 NTU, the operator at the intake facility should stop or reduce the intake flow as required based on the confirmation of the raw water turbidity. This action will allow for longer retention time at the pre-treatment facility, which may help prevent high turbid water from flowing into slow sand filters. Since heavy rainfall usually occurs in the night, it is necessary for operators to control the intake flow with time allowance of 8-12 hours.
Considering the above and the information from some technical references, the allowable turbidity for slow sand filters has been set as follows:
Normal operation period: less than 10 NTU Rainy days: approximately 30 NTU for less than 30 days High turbid period after heavy rain: more than 100 NTU for less than a few days
2-37 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
The above standard for turbidity and operation time shall be thought just as the indication for general operation. These standards should be reviewed by the actual operation based on the actual condition of the related river. During the commissioning and soft component of operation training, the operation procedure shall be reviewed and determined as the official standard for the operation staffs.
Based on the turbidity test results, prior to slow sand filters a pre-treatment facilities are required. Table 2-2-23 presents the comparison results between sedimentation tank and roughing filter, as pre- treatment facilities.
Table 2-2-26 Comparison of Roughing Filter and Sedimentation Tank Item Roughing Filter Sedimentation Tank
Outline
(Multi-layer up-flow/down-flow) (Horizontal flow) Gravel with 5 mm to 25 mm laid from Suspended particles are removed in large to small, removes suspended Process stagnant or slow flowing conditions in particles by moving and attaching to tanks. gravel surfaces Depending on the type and filtration Depending on the raw water turbidity, it Performance speed, 60% can be removed from 150- can treat still 20-30 NTU after 8-hrs 500 NTU raw water. sedimentation, in general. Design Criteria Up/down-flow: 1.5m/hr or less Surface load: 0.3 – 0.6 m/hr Washing is required even in the rainy Removing settled sludge could easily be season using large amount of water. carried out in the dry season. Washing O&M Many filters are needed and many valves needs pressure water provided by a shall be opened and closed for washing pump and a generator. the filters. Construction Cost Approx. 0.67 billion Yen Approx. 0.54 billion Yen Required Area Approx. 0.4 ha Approx. 0.3 ha
In order to select a pre-treatment process, the following site conditions shall be considered. a. Usually it rains in the night, thus river water has high turbidity in the night. b. Operators are unable to respond to high turbidity during the night. c. Facility can be constructed within planned area of 0.9 ha.
In addition to the above, the following shall be considered for O&M of the facilities by NWSC. a. In case of inflow of raw water with more than 500 NTU, countermeasures shall be made for the pre-treatment facilities in order not to affect the function of slow sand filter, without providing any action by operator for 8-12 hours in the night. b. Electricity and chemical cost required for routine work shall be minimized.
2-38 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
c. Preventive maintenance shall be practiced to ensure longer life of the facilities against deterioration of the facility through the future. d. Facility shall be simple avoiding special technology for maintenance of facilities.
Turbidity removal and the requirements for washing/cleaning tank/filter have to be taken into account in the comparative study. The results are shown below. a. Both sedimentation tank and roughing filter can treat raw water with higher turbidity from 100 NTU to 500 NTU. b. For regular maintenance, such as washing/cleaning, roughing filters need to be washed every week, while sedimentation tank needs to be cleaned after rainy season.
It is obvious that in the cleaning, sedimentation tank requires less frequency than roughing filters, and sedimentation tank is much easier to maintain. Therefore, sedimentation tank is selected for the Project.
Comparison of Chlorination methods Chlorination method and its chemicals are compared in the following table.
Table 2-2-27 Comparison of Chlorination System Chemical Chlorine Sodium hypo-chlorite Bleaching powder Conditions Liquid/Gas Liquid Solid Equipment Gas cylinder, Chlorinator, Booster Storage tank, Diaphragm pump Storage tank, Mixer, Diaphragm pump, Ejector or Dosing unit pump or Dosing unit (Advantage) ・Chlorine gas is lower in cost. ・Sodium hypo-chlorite is not ・ Bleaching powder is not ・Dosage control is easy. poisonous and easy to handle. poisonous and easy to handle. ・Equipment is easy to operate ・Equipment is easy to operate and maintain. and maintain. (Disadvantage) ・Chlorine gas is poisonous. ・Sodium hypo-chlorite is more ・ Bleaching powder is more ・Chlorinator is difficult to operate expensive than chlorine gas. expensive than chlorine gas. and maintain. ・ Effective chlorine may be ・Dissolving tank is required. reduced by storage period. ・ Dosing pipes are easily clogged. NWSC including Pokhara Branch has much experience in the use of bleaching powder for the existing water supply systems. Therefore, bleaching powder has been selected as the chlorinating agent for the WTP, together with the use of a dosing unit for controlling chemical dosage and for easy maintenance. Chlorination using bleaching powder has been intermittently done in Pokhara Branch, residents have been used to the chlorine smell in supplied water. It is, however still necessary to enlighten the residents on the importance of the chlorination.
Chlorination equipment will be provided at the WTP, Amalabisauni reservoir and Bindhabasini reservoir. Chlorination equipment should be located at two reservoirs only, but an additional equipment is provided at the WTP because treated water is directly supplied some area from the plant.
Wastewater Treatment Facility Treatment facilities discharging wastewater are as follows.
Grit Chamber/Sedimentation Tank: Cleaning of grit chamber and sedimentation tank is required several times in a year, to remove sediments accumulated at the tank during rainy season.
2-39 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Slow Sand Filter: Several times in a year, top layer of filter sand shall be removed and wash. In this washing process, wastewater containing sludge will be generated. This wastewater will be kept in storage pond, and supernatant will be discharged to drain system and sludge will be taken out from the plant.
There is no regulation on wastewater discharging from the WTP in Nepal, wastewater of filter sand washing process will be minimized.
(4) Proposed Water Treatment Process The following are proposed water treatment process for the Project. Treatment Process: Slow Sand Filtration Pre-treatment System: Grit Chamber + Sedimentation Tank
Pre-treatment System Grit Chamber: Retention Time 20min. horizontal velocity 1.0cm/sec, Surface Load 200mm/min, Effective Depth 3.5m (JWWA Criteria: Retention Time 10-20min. horizontal velocity 2-7cm/sec, Surface Load 200-500mm/min, Effective Depth 3-4m)
Sedimentation Tank: Retention Time approx.7.9 including intermediate overflow*1 . horizontal velocity 0.245cm/sec, Surface Load 11mm/min, Effective Depth 3.5m (JWWA Criteria: horizontal velocity less than 0.3m/min, Surface Load 5-10mm/min, Effective Depth 2.5-3.5m) Area 130m L x 50m W approx. 0.65 ha
Slow Sand Filter Filtration Rate approx. 6.5m/day (6 unit-operation) *2 (JWWA Criteria: Filtration Rate 4.0-5.0m/day) (AWWA Criteria: Filtration Rate 0.96-9.6m/day) Area 51.5 m L x 20m W x 6 units approx. 1,030m2/unit *1 Sedimentation Tank cannot be expanded, due to the available land. Therefore, intermediate overflow system is applied to meet the design criteria of surface load. *2 JWWA design criteria refers maximum filtration rate of 8.0 m/day can be applicable for raw water with low turbidity. Turbidity of the Mardi River shows low turbidity most of days in a year. Therefore, filtration rate of approx. 6.5m/day is applied in the Project. The following table summarizes size and structure of the water treatment facility for the Project.
Table 2-2-28 Outline of Water Treatment System Facility Structure/size Remarks Civil Structure – Grit Chamber/sedimentation Tank 1. Grit Chamber Reinforced Concrete Structure Surface Load 200 mm/min. 3.5mW x 19.1mL x 3.5mD x 4units Retention Time 20 min. 2. Sedimentation Tank Reinforced Concrete Structure Horizontal flow, Surface Load 1.1 8.5mW x 84.0mL x 3.5mD x 4units mm/min. Capacity 9,220 m3 Civil Structure – WTP 3. Receiving Well Reinforced Concrete Structure Retention Time 2.5 min. 3.5mW x 8.8mL x 3.5mD x 1 unit 4. Slow Sand Filter Reinforced Concrete Structure Filtration Rate 6.5 m/d 20.0mW x 51.5mL x 2.3mD x 6 units 1,030m2 x 6 units 5. Water Reservoir Reinforced Concrete Structure Capacity 1,860m3 16.3mW x 16.3m x 3.5mD x 2 units Retention Time 1.1 hr.
2-40 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
6. Sand Washing Yard Reinforced Concrete Structure 10.0mW x 25.0mL x 1.9mD x 1 unit 7. Sand Storage Yard Reinforced Concrete Structure 10.0mW x 20.0mL x 1.0mD x 1 unit 8. Wash Water Storage Earth Bank with Riprap Pond 7.0mW x 15.7mL x 1.0mD x 2 unit 9. Chlorination Building Stone Masonry Structure Including chemical storage area 5.1mW x 9.2mL 10. Storage Pond Reinforced Concrete Structure 12.8mW x 15.0mL x 1 unit 11. Administration Stone Masonry Structure Building 10.3mW x 10.3mL Office: 50m2 Lab. Kitchen, Toilet etc.: 50m2 12. Water Tower Reinforced Concrete Structure Water for sand washing and other 1.0mW x 2.0mL x 1.5mD x 1 unit uses in the plant, Capacity 10 m3 13. Generator/Electrical Stone Masonry Structure Building 6.4mW x 9.0mL 14. Guard House Stone Masonry Structure 2.5mW x 1.5mL 15. Yard Piping Yard Piping: 1 lot Flowmeter Chamber: 2 units 16. Landscaping Landscaping Work: 1 lot Mechanical Facility – WTP 1. Chlorination Bleaching Powder Dosing Facility Max.: 4.0 mg/l, Average: 2.0 mg/l 3 Mixing Tank: 3 m x 2 tanks with mixers Storage Tank: 2 m3 x 1 tank Dosing Unit: 300l/hr x 2 unit (standby 1 unit) 2. Sand Washer Movable Type Capacity: 2.0－3.0 m3/hr x 2 units (standby 1 unit) Accessories: Injector Tank, Hoses etc. 3. Utility Pump Submersible Pump 0.5 m3/min x 40 m x 3 units (standby 1 unit) 4. Piping Piping for pumps, chlorination etc.: 1 lot
Electrical Facility – Grit Chamber/sedimentation Tank
Facility Structure/size Remarks 1. Power Receiving/ Indoor, Self-standing Panel x 1 unit Distribution Panel Voltage Meter, Lighting Power Source etc. 2. Cabling Indoor and Yard Cabling Electrical Facility – WTP Indoor, Self-standing Panel x 1 unit 1. Power Receiving/ kWh meter, Voltage Meter, Current Meter, Protective Distribution Panel Relay, Power Feeder etc. Indoor, Self-standing Panel x 1 unit 2. UPS Panel UPS, Battery, Power Feeder etc. Indoor, Wall-mount Panel x 1 unit for No.1/2 Mixers 3. Local Control Panel Outdoor, Stand-type Panel x 1 unit for No.1/2/3 Submersible Pumps 4. Emergency Generator 50kVA x 1 unit including accessories 5. Battery-operating with outdoor flow indicator Dia. 500mm x 1 unit (Inlet) Electro-magnetic Dia. 300mm x 2 units (Outlet) Flowmeter for Water Tank x 1 unit 6. Level Switch for Water Reservoir x 2 units 7. Cabling Indoor and Yard Cabling
2-41 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
General layout, flow diagram and preliminary drawing of the major treatment facilities are shown in section 2-2-3 the following figures.
Electrical Facility (1) Power Receiving Facility Specification of Incoming Power Voltage Based on the results of the site survey and discussions with Nepal Electricity Authority (hereinafter referred to as “NEA”）and NWSC, each proposed project site will receive power from NEA as shown below.
Sedimentation Pond ：3phase, 400V WTP ：3phase 11kV, to be converted to 400V with a NEA transformer New Reservoirs(3 Sites) ：3phase, 400V Existing Reservoir (Bindhabasini) ：3phase 11kV, to be converted to 400V with a NEA transformer Existing Reservoir (Amalabisauni) ：3phase, 400V
Incoming Panel One incoming panel will be installed at each proposed site in order to receive power from NEA, as mentioned above and power will be distributed to required loads, such as pumps and lighting. The panels will be installed in an administration building which will be manned 24 hours a day so that operators can easily monitor and maintain them.
Power Receiving Facility To Be Constructed by NEA NWSC bears the construction costs of the power receiving facility for each site to be constructed by NEA. Figure 2-2-11 shows an extract of minutes of a meeting between NEA, NWSC and the Team which is relevant to the scope of work and shows the responsibilities of each party in relation to the power receiving facility.
2-42 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-11 Division of Responsibility for Power Receiving Facility
The proposed site for the WTP is located at a mountainous area so currently there is no high-voltage distribution network available nearby. Therefore, it will be required to newly construct the high-voltage transmission line to the site approximately 1.5 km away from the existing distribution network. The construction of the transmission line will be implemented by NEA and it would be expected to take at the least 2 to 3 months to complete the work. In order to avoid the risk of construction schedule of the WTP from being delayed, it will be necessary for NWSC to take an immediate action to ask NEA its estimation about the construction of power transmission line and complete the required process of payment to them with time to spare. As for proposed sites for the other water supply facilities to be installed, they have existing power distribution network enough close to themselves. Therefore, it is expected that the relevant construction works will be completed smoothly.
(2) Countermeasures for Load Shedding A standby diesel generator will be installed in the WTP. Load shedding is normally implemented throughout the year in Pokhara city. It occurs for 8 hours a day in the rainy season and 11 hours or more a day in the dry season. Considering the current situation of load shedding, the proposed facilities are designed in a way to minimize power demand. However, some power demand is inevitable in the treatment process, such as breaching powder dissolving and sand washing. In principle, although operators will be requested to complete the work which needs power while power is supplied by NEA, load shedding will affect daily operations for many hours. In order to minimize the risk to daily operation caused by load
2-43 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
shedding, a standby generator will be installed in the WTP. Basically, the generator will be manually operated by operators as necessary. However, following a request from NWSC, there will be a changeover switch on the incoming panel to change between manual mode operation and auto back-up mode operation.
(3) Instrumentation Electromagnetic type flow meters with a battery will be installed in the WTP to measure inflow and transmission flow. It is fundamental for plant operators to record daily inflow and transmission flow at the WTP. Therefore, flow meters such as the electromagnetic type, or ultrasonic type which both require external power, or mechanical turbine type which can be operated without it, are normally installed in the WTP. However, in Pokhara city flow meters which need external power are not suitable since flows cannot be measured continuously due to frequent and long hours of load shedding. In addition, scale of flow measurement for the Project is too large for the available measurement range of mechanical turbine type to measure the flow properly. On the other hand, an electromagnetic flow meter with battery type can comply with the power supply conditions in Pokhara city because it can supply power to itself continuously via its own battery, so would not be affected by load shedding. In addition, its measurement range can cover the large scale and would be suitable for the flow required in the Project. For the reasons mentioned above, the electromagnetic flow meter with battery type will be used for the WTP because of its adaptability to load shedding and availability of measurement range.
Water Quality Test Water quality laboratories shall be established respectively in the administration building in the WTP and in NWSC Pokhara Branch office. The analyzed parameters in the laboratories are 7 daily and 6 monthly and 1 quarterly parameters. Calcium, Total coliform and E. coli shall be analyzed in the NWSC Butwal laboratory. The water quality tests shall be conducted by the handy type and/or simplified analysis equipment which is provided by the Project. Table 2-2-29 shows the analyzed parameters in the NWSC laboratories. The reason why the parameter of Dissolved Oxygen shall be added is the applied process consisted of the slow sand filter by the biological treatment.
Table 2-2-29 Water Quality Test Parameter in NWSC Pokhara Test Frequency Parameter Daily (6 parameters) Turbidity, Residual Chlorine, Color, pH, Taste & Odor, Dissolved Oxygen Monthly (5 parameters) Chloride, Ammonia, Electrical Conductivity, Nitrate, Total Hardness Quarterly (1 parameter) Total Dissolved Solids
Distribution Network According to the site survey, the distribution network in Pokhara city has the issues shown in Table 2-2-30.
2-44 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-30 Distribution Network Issues Reservoirs Raw water is not treated to meet drinking water standards. The chlorination system is not working properly. The total capacity of the reservoirs is insufficient to maintain a continuous water supply to customers. Bindhabasini Reservoir cannot take advantage of its relatively large capacity, because it is divided into several isolated compartments and water cannot be moved between the compartments. It is impossible to monitor and control water flow due to a lack of flow meters. Pipeline Elevation varies greatly within the service area. This causes higher water pressure in the lower Network elevation areas. Diameters of existing pipelines are not large enough to supply sufficient water to the city. Uneven water supply in the city: Southern part of the city receives less water supply than the northern part. Some transmission pipelines are used on distribution purpose. There are many leakages on existing CI pipes and some distribution mains laid under main roads. Leak reduction programs have not been planned yet. Service 30% of customers either do not have a meter or the meter is broken. Lines There are no regulations or specifications for materials and installation of service lines pipes and customer meters. As a result, meters are often not working properly and leakage occurs on at service connections. As customers own and are responsible for their own meters, NWSC has no rights to manage service connections and customer meters. Houses Due to NWSC supplying untreated water, customers often use filters to remove turbidity in supplied water. Grits and sand in water often break water meters. People do not want to fix them because it may happen again soon. There is little equipment to control inlet flow and overflow at tanks at customer houses. Water may be used wastefully if the Project supply is more water than now. The following countermeasures are proposed in order to solve the above problems.
(1) Reservoirs Chlorination System In the Project, the proposed WTP will be constructed at the Mardi River and will supply treated water to the city through the distribution network. Chlorine will be added at the proposed WTP as well as at main reservoirs, such as Amalabisauni and Bindhabasini Reservoirs. A new chlorination system will be installed under the Project at both reservoirs, because existing chlorination systems are not working properly. Currently, they cannot chlorinate water constantly and control its dosing as bleaching powder is added manually.
Table 2-2-31 Installation of Chlorination System Amalabisauni reservoir Bindhabasini reservoir
Capacity of Reservoirs Bindhabasini reservoir cannot take advantage of its relatively large capacity because it is divided into six compartments and water cannot be used flexibly between the compartments. Even if a compartment is empty, water cannot be withdrawn from another compartment due to lack of inter-connection. Dividing the reservoir into small compartments can minimize the interruption of water supply when the reservoir is cleaned because other compartments can be used when one compartment is cleaned. However, on completion of the proposed WTP, frequent cleaning will not be necessary because the WTP will remove
2-45 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
sediment in the water.
In the Project, the compartments will be inter-connected by drilling holes in the reservoir walls, so that six compartments can function as two compartments and the capacity of Bindhabasini reservoir can be used more effectively.
Increasing the capacity of reservoirs in the city is discussed in the next sections.
Table 2-2-32 Improvement of Existing Reservoirs Bindhabasini reservoir
Currently, the flow rate through major facilities is not monitored and controlled. For Pokhara city, measuring and controlling flow rate is important to reduce leakage and to enable even distribution of water since there is insufficient water to meet city demand. In the Project, flowmeters will be installed at major facilities that will be supplied by the WTP at the Mardi River, shown in Table 2-2-33. The Bhote Khola, Baldhara spring and Chamber B are expected to be developed by NWSC because the Project focuses on improvement of the Mardi River water. Flowmeters will be also installed at deep wells in the city to monitor flow rate because deep wells supply water to the same area the WTP will supply.
Table 2-2-33 Facilities where Flowmeters will be installed Amalabisauni reservoir Bindhabasini reservoir Matepani Overhead tank Proposed Reservoirs x 3 nos Deep Well x 3 nos -
(2) Distribution Network Establishment of Water Supply Zones and Control of Water Pressure In Pokhara city’s service area there is a big difference in elevation from the north to the south. There is nearly a 320m difference in elevation from the highest point at 1,070m elevation to the lowest at 750m except for a depression at the south end of the area in Dobila where the height reaches 670m. It is generally desirable to keep the hydrostatic pressure around 75m or less, but Bindhabasini reservoir covers such a large area that the hydrostatic pressure reaches around 180m. This can cause high water pressure in the lower areas and many leakages. Also, existing reservoirs do not have enough capacity to store water to provide a stable and constant supply. In the Project three new reservoirs will be constructed to reduce the hydrostatic pressure and increase storage capacity to enable a more stable water supply. The reservoirs should be designed with consideration given to the following:
a) Hydrostatic pressure should be around 75m or less to maintain an appropriate water supply pressure. b) Bindhabasini reservoir’s service area will be divided into smaller areas and a new reservoir will be located in each area to maintain appropriate water supply pressure and facilitate water supply management.
2-46 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
c) The capacity of the reservoirs should be more than 6 hours.
Given Bindhabasini reservoir’s elevation of +932.7m, proposed reservoirs should be located at +875m and +815m, to maintain appropriate hydrostatic pressure. The proposed reservoirs should also be placed at the east and west sides of the city to supply water effectively to both these areas because the Seti River divides the city into east and west and there is much development towards the east of the city. Reservoirs should have 6 to 12 hours capacity, when considering Japanese Standard (8 to 12 hours) and other countries standards (approximate 6 hours). However the proposed reservoirs may have less than 6 hours capacity due to limitations with land. Table 2-2-34 shows the proposed layout of reservoirs and service areas, taking into account the availability of land. The maximum hydrostatic pressure is mostly 75m in almost every place, but it may exceed 75m in some places due to geographical features in service areas.
Table 2-2-34 Proposed Reservoir Layout and its Service Area Proposed Reservoir-1 Proposed Reservoir-2 Proposed Reservoir-3 Place (Name) Prashyang Fulbari Col Patan Chowk Location West side of the city East side of the city South east side of the city Elevation +875m +885m +816m (ground level) Overhead tank Type of reservoirs Ground reservoir Ground reservoir (20m+groune level) South west (Lake Side）and Service area North east part of the city South east part of the city south part of the city Elevation of the +860 to +790m +875 to +810m +815 to +750m service area Maximum 75m 75m hydrostatic 75m pressure (85m in some part of areas) (85m in some part of areas) Current status Vacant (Park) Vacant Vacant Owner of the land Public land Public land Public land
2-47 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-12 Elevation of Reservoirs and Service Areas (Existing)
2-48 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-14 and Figure 2-2-15 show the locations of the proposed reservoirs and service areas. Bindhabasini reservoir’s area will be divided into zones. Bindhabasini reservoir will supply the city center and the other parts of the city will be supplied by the new reservoirs. Each area is isolated hydraulically to maintain appropriate water pressure and a stable water supply. Proposed reservoir-3 will be an overhead tank which will effectively supply water to the service area, as well as an airport planned to be built in the service area. Table 2-2-35 shows the proposed reservoirs. Flowmeters and other ancillary equipment will be also installed.
Table 2-2-35 Proposed Reservoirs Proposed Reservoir-1 Capacity: 2,000m3 Proposed Reservoir-2 Capacity: 2,000m3 Proposed Reservoir-3 Overhead tank: H=20m, 2,000m3
The total capacity of the existing and proposed reservoirs that will receive water from the proposed WTP at the Mardi River is estimated at 6.4 hours for the average day demand of 41,000m3/day. Proposed reservoir-1 will have a capacity of 3.9 hours due to limitations with land. Proposed reservoir-3 will have a capacity of 12.9 hours because the service area is expected to expand and a new airport is planned in the service area. Amalabisauni reservoir, which receives water from the Bhote River and the Kali River, has only 2.2 hours of capacity. The Bhote River and the Kali River are expected to be developed by NWSC. It would be desirable for NWSC to install water treatment facilities at the Bhote River and the Kali River and expand Amalabisauni reservoir. Table 2-2-36 shows the outlines of existing and proposed reservoirs.
Table 2-2-36 Outline of Existing and Proposed Reservoirs Estimated flow to Capacity Reservoirs the service area Capacity(m3) (m3/day) (hour) Amalabisauni (existing) 5,400 500 2.2 Bindhabasini (existing) 10,600 4,000 9.1 Matepani (existing) 3,900 450 2.8 Proposed Reservoir-1 12,300 2,000 3.9 Proposed Reservoir-2 5,100 2,000 9.4 Proposed Reservoir-3 3,700 2,000 12.9 Total 41,000 10,950 6.4 Note) Estimated flow is calculated based on the estimated population in the service areas and the assumption that 41,000m3/day will be proportionately distributed to the service areas taking into account their estimated population.
Figure 2-2-13 shows a proposed schematic diagram of water supply in Pokhara city. Amalabisauni reservoir receives water from the Bhote River and the Kali River. The water of these water sources are expected to be treated by NWSC. If the water is not treated, the water must not be transferred from the Bhote River and the Kali River to Amalabisauni reservoir unless there is an emergency situation.
2-49 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Some areas are supplied from a transmission pipeline from the Mardi River. Transmission pipelines should not be used as distribution mains in principal. The elevations of these areas are too high to supply from Amalabisauni reservoir but they can be supplied from the Bhote River. It is proposed that water be supplied to the areas from the Bhote River when NWSC is constructing water treatment facilities at the Bhote River.
Mardi Khola Intake
Kali Khola Pre-treatment Bhote Khola Ghatte Majhkuna Kalimuda Plant Khola Khola Khola
Water Bhote Khola Treatment Reservoir Plant
Chamber B
Served area Served area
Amlabisauni Reservoir
Served area Served area Bindabashini Reservoir
Baldhara spring Prashyang Fulbari Col Patan Chowk Matepani source Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Overhead tank (Proposed No.1) (Proposed No.2) (Proposed No.3)
Deep Wells
Pokhara city
Figure 2-2-13 Proposed Schematic Diagram of Water Supply in Pokhara City
2-50 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-14 Proposed Service Areas and Locations of Reservoirs
2-51 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-15 Elevation of Proposed Reservoirs and Service Areas (Plan)
2-52 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Transmission Pipelines The transmission pipeline is designed to supply treated water from the WTP to the reservoirs by gravity. The existing transmission pipelines can be used between the WTP and Amlabisauni reservoir and Bindhabasini reservoir. From Bindhabasini reservoir to the proposed reservoirs and Matepani overhead tank, new transmission pipelines will be installed except from Bindhabasini reservoir to proposed reservoir- 1 (Prashyang) because here is new 500mm diameter DIP pipeline NWSC has recently installed. This new pipeline is suitable to convey water from Bindhabasini reservoir to proposed reservoir-1 taking in consideration of its diameter and pipeline route.
The new transmission pipelines will secure to the supply of the 41,000m3/day of water the WTP will produce. In order to maintain a safe and stable water supply and to facilitate flow control, no distribution mains will be branched off from the new transmission pipelines. The flow rate of the water to be transferred to the reservoirs is estimated in Table 2-2-37 and is based on population in the service area.
Table 2-2-37 Flow Rate to the Service Areas Estimated Allocation of Service areas population in 41,000m3/day in 2025 proportion to population (population) （m3/day) Bhote Khola 7,870 - Kali Khola 8,660 - Amalabisauni 49,740 5,400 Bindhabasini 97,620 10,600 Matepani 35,570 3,900 Proposed Reservoir-1 (Prashyang) 113,480 12,300 Proposed Reservoir-2 (Fulbari) 47,190 5,100 Proposed Reservoir-3 (Col Patan Chowk) 34,190 3,700 Deep wells 11,570 - Total 405,880 41,000
The new transmission pipelines are outlined in Table 2-2-38. To determine the size of the pipelines, the following Hazen Williams formula is used.
H=10.666×C-1.85×D-4.87×Q1.85×L H：Head loss (m) C：Hazen- Williams coefficient (＝110) D：Diameter (m) Q：Flow rate (m3/sec) L：Length of pipe (m)
Table 2-2-38 Proposed Transmission Pipelines Diameter (mm) Length (m) Material 500 1,800 DIP
2-53 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Diameter (mm) Length (m) Material 400 3,100 DIP 300 3,000 DIP Total 7,900 -
Figure 2-2-16 shows a layout of the proposed transmission pipelines from Bindhabasini reservoir to the proposed reservoirs.
Figure 2-2-16 Layout of Proposed Clear Water Transmission Pipeline
Distribution Pipelines Distribution pipeline consists of distribution mains and distribution sub mains:
2-54 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Distribution main: Primary pipelines that carry clean water from reservoirs to the service areas. There are no service lines connected to distribution mains. Distribution sub main: secondary pipelines that receives clean water from the distribution main and supplies it to customers. Service lines are branched off.
Existing pipelines will be used in principal, but if they do not have enough capacity to supply water or they are in poor condition, another pipeline will be installed or they will be replaced. In order to determine adequacy of the existing pipelines, the current condition of the existing pipelines are reviewed below:
Current Status of Water Supply Using information obtained from the social conditions survey and interview survey with customers, the current status of water supply is shown in Figure 2-2-17. The north and central parts of the city receive water 3 to 4 days in a week but the southern part is only supplied with water 1 to 2 days in a week. This means the further away from existing reservoir customers live, the less water they receive.
Figure 2-2-17 Current Status of Water Supply
2-55 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Capacity of existing pipelines The capacity of existing major pipelines is described in Figure 2-2-18. The capacity is based on the results of the hydraulic analysis which assumed that 46,000m3/day of water is supplied. Those areas highlighted in red show potential areas where hardly any water is supplied (negative pressure according to the calculation). This indicates the further south the location, the less water people receive. This is consistent with the actual water supply situation. There is a problem with the size of existing pipelines in that they are too small to supply sufficient water to the city. Figure 2-2-19 shows the existing pipelines with 20% and more hydraulic gradient. These mains are small in diameter and the head loss reduces the amount of water passing through.
2-56 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-18 Results of Hydraulic Analysis (Locations in red show where hardly any water is supplied)
2-57 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-19 Result of Hydraulic Analysis (Red lines show pipelines with 20% and more hydraulic gradient)
Current status of leakage Figure 2-2-20 shows locations where leaks frequently occur according to NWSC’s leak repair records. In the north part of the city major pipelines under main roads and CI pipes have many leaks. Some ferrules
2-58 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
on distribution mains have leaks in the city center. In the southern part of the city, situation of leakage is not clear because leak repair records are not available. Figure 2-2-21 shows pipelines that have many leaks according to interviews with NWSC staff. CI pipes and trunk mains under main roads experience many leaks.
Figure 2-2-20 Areas Reported with Many Leak Points
2-59 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-21 Existing Pipes with Many Leak Points
Taking the above factors into consideration, the diameters of the pipelines in Pokhara city are so small that they do not have sufficient capacity to supply the amount of water required. Some pipelines, such as CI pipes, have many leaks. In the Project, he following pipelines will be replaced or newly installed as a distribution main or sub main. a. Small diameter pipelines with insufficient capacity to supply water, or regions with no existing pipelines Install pipelines b. CI pipes and other pipelines that have many leaks Replace the pipelines
2-60 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Item no.1 above includes pipelines shown with red in Figure 2-2-19. Also, distribution mains from proposed reservoirs to existing pipelines will be newly installed in the Project. Item no.2 above includes pipelines shown in Figure 2-2-21 and Figure 2-2-22.
Figure 2-2-22 Existing CI Pipes
Distribution Main Layout Plan The distribution mains are designed to supply water from Amalabisauni reservoir, Bindhabasini reservoir, Matepani overhead tank and three proposed reservoirs to the service areas effectively. Existing pipelines
2-61 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
will be used in principal, but if they do not have enough capacity to supply water or they are in poor condition, they will be replaced or another pipeline will be installed. Figure 2-2-24 shows a layout of the distribution mains, based on hydraulic analysis results. The mains are sized to meet peak hour demand which is derived from daily maximum water demand x 1.5 (peak hour factor). Figure 2-2-23 shows the relationship between peak hour factor and daily maximum water demand as per Japanese standard.
K: Peak factor
Q: Daily Demand
r facto k : Pea : K
Q: Daily Demand Figure 2-2-23 Peak Hour Factor and Daily Maximum Water Demand Source: Design Criteria for Waterworks Facilities, 2000, Japan Water Works Association
Table 2-2-39 gives an outline of the proposed distribution mains.
Table 2-2-39 Proposed Distribution Mains (m) Dia.(mm) New installation Replacement Total Material 500 2,200 0 2,200 DIP 400 600 3,700 4,300 DIP 300 14,300 12,000 26,300 DIP 200 12,500 2,900 15,400 DIP 150 0 1,600 1,600 DIP Total 29,600 20,200 49,800 -
According to the available data to the Team, length of existing pipelines are shown in Table 2-2-40. Assuming 150mm and above diameter pipelines are used as distribution mains, there are about 41km of distribution main pipelines in Pokhara city. Out of that, about 20km pipelines will be replaced in the Project and around 21km of existing pipelines will be continuously used. NWSC should take a proactive action to control leakage and replace deteriorated pipelines because water will be supplied more frequently by the Project and existing pipelines may have a possibility of more leakage and bursts.
2-62 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-40 Length of Existing Pipelines (m) Diameter CI DI GI unknown Total 500mm 0 1,600 0 0 1,600 300mm 0 4,400 0 0 4,400 250mm 0 4,500 0 0 4,500 200mm 7,900 5,800 0 0 13,700 150mm 5,900 9,000 2,000 0 16,900 125mm 1,900 0 0 0 1,900 100mm 7,800 16,700 12,200 3,400 40,100 80mm 0 0 0 79,800 79,800 65mm 0 0 0 2,100 2,100 50mm 0 0 0 53,700 53,700 Total 23,500 42,000 14,200 139,000 218,700
2-63 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-24 Layout of Proposed Distribution Mains
Distribution Submain Layout Plan To enhance the effectiveness of the development of distribution submains in the Project, some areas should be focused on as the whole service area is too large to establish submains. In order to effectively improve the network, it would be beneficial to install distribution submains in areas with much leakage
2-64 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
and a high density population. Given this, Wards 1 to 10 should be targeted because whilst they only account for nearly 30% of the whole area, more than 50% of the population lives there and there are many leaks. Distribution submains may be installed in other areas if there are CI pipes. Figure 2-2-25 shows the target area for distribution submain improvement in the Project. First priority area is the target of the Project.
Figure 2-2-25 Priority Areas for Distribution Submain Development
Wide main roads will have two distribution submains at both edge of the road to avoid service connections from crossing the road and leaks occurring. Distribution submains will form DMAs (Districted Metered Areas) in the service areas taking into account roads and geographical features of the service areas for easy operation and maintenance as well as leak reduction. Flow meters will be installed at the inlet pipe
2-65 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
to each DMA to facilitate leak reduction program. Figure 2-2-26 shows a conceptual diagram of distribution submains and DMAs.
Figure 2-2-26 Conceptual Diagram of Distribution Submains and DMAs
Figure 2-2-27 shows the proposed layout of distribution sub mains based on hydraulic analysis results. The length of distribution submains are shown in Table 2-2-41.
Table 2-2-41 Proposed Distribution Submains (m) Dia.(mm) New installation Replacement Total Material 150 31,100 13,800 44,900 HDPE 100 2,500 2,400 4,900 HDPE 75 1,000 1,000 2,000 HDPE 50 1,100 0 1,100 HDPE Total 35,700 17,200 52,900 -
Assuming less than 150mm diameter pipelines are used as distribution sub mains, there are about 177km of distribution sub mains in Pokhara city shown in Table 2-2-40. Out of that, about 17km pipelines will be replaced in the Project and around 160km of existing submains will be continuously used. NWSC should take a proactive action to control leakage and replace deteriorated pipelines because water will be supplied more frequently by the Project and the existing pipelines may have a possibility of more leakage and bursts.
2-66 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-27 Layout of Proposed Distribution Submains
2-67 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Service connections and customer meters Service connections and customer meters are discussed in section 2-2-2-7.
Considerations for Pipeline Design and Construction Pressure The maximum hydrostatic pressure for the transmission pipeline is around 120m, taking into account the difference in elevation between Bindhabasini reservoir as a starting point for the transmission pipeline and the end point of transmission pipeline. The maximum hydrostatic pressure for the distribution main is around 75m but in some places it may exceed 75m, due to geographical features of the service area. Thus, maximum hydrostatic pressure for the distribution main is set conservatively at 100m, to take into account the geographical features of the service areas. As an external load, soil overburden from 1.2m pipe cover and truckload (25 ton) are applied to the pipe. Surge pressure can be neglected because no pumps will be used but pipelines will be designed to withstand test pressure at site (maximum hydrostatic pressure x 1.5).
Pipe Material Transmission pipelines and distribution mains are primary trunk lines in Pokhara city. If they collapse, there is a risk of significant harm to the general public. Thus ductile iron pipes of excellent durability will be used for transmission pipelines and distribution mains. Distribution submains are secondary pipelines branched off from distribution mains. The impact of any collapsed pipes would be limited. Thus, HDPE pipes which are cost effective will be used for distribution submains. Both pipes have sufficient wall thickness to meet water pressure and external load.
Location of pipes to be installed Earth cover of pipes is 1.2m, taking into consideration Japanese Standard and general depth of pipes in Pokhara city. Frozen ground is not considered because the minimum temperature in Pokhara city does not fall below zero degrees centigrade.
Pipes will generally be buried under public roads. If there is space at the shoulder of the road, pipes will be laid there. If other utility pipes are already present and there is no space to install new ones, the pipes will be buried under the roadway. Except for water pipes, there are sewer pipes and telecom lines under roads. Sewer pipes and telecom lines are managed by Pokhara Municipality and Nepal Telecom respectively. When designing and installing water pipes, better coordination is required with NWSC and Department of Road.
When pipes cross a road, open trench excavation will be applied. When pipes cross a waterway, a pipe bridge will be used.
Soil A soil survey carried out for Pokhara city about 10 points shows that soil at the depth of pipes mainly consists of sand, gravel and pebbles. Rocks such as limestone and dolomite are found in many places. Generally, sand and gravel has good air permeability and is less corrosive. The ground in Pokhara city is
2-68 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
mostly firm and is equivalent to N value of 50 or greater, according to the soil survey. Rock and gravel excavation should be considered when pipelines are laid.
Water Supply after the Project (1) Water Balance in Pokhara City The amount of design water supply for Pokhara city is 49,120m3/day whereas the water demand for Pokhara city in 2025 is estimated at 97,849m3/day, shown in section 2-2-2-1(5). The amount of water available is insufficient to supply water to the city, as the amount of water available only accounts for about 50% of water demand in 2025. In this section, how the water will be effectively supplied to the city is discussed.
(2) Water Supply after the Project The Bhote River, the Kali River, Baldara spring and Deep wells supply 13,100m3/day of water in a total to their neighboring areas. The proposed WTP will supply 41,000m3/day of water to the remaining areas in the city. Figure 2-2-28 shows a schematic diagram of water supply from the proposed WTP, which has a production capacity of 41,000m3/day, to six reservoirs such as Amalabisauni reservoir, Bindhabasini reservoir, Matepani overhead tank and three proposed reservoirs. It would be desirable to distribute 41,000m3/day of water as evenly as possible. Thus, the water will be distributed to each reservoir in proportion to the population of the service area, as shown in Table 2-2-37. To regulate water flow to provide the given amount of water to the reservoirs, flow control valves and flow meters will be installed at the inlet to the reservoirs.
41,000m3/d
Water Treatment Plant
11,000m3/d 30,000m3/d
5,600m3/d 5,400m3/d
Amlabisauni Bindabashini Legend Reservoir Reservoir : Flow Control Valve
: Flow Meter 25,400m3/d 10,200 m3/d
12,700m3/d 5,100m3/d 3,300m3/d 4,300m3/d
Prashyang Fulbari Col Patan Chowk Matepani Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Overhead tank (Proposed No.1) (Proposed No.2) (Proposed No.3)
Pokhara city
Figure 2-2-28 Water Flow from the Proposed WTP to the Reservoirs
2-69 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Amalabisauni reservoir receives water from the Bhote River and the Kali River. The water of these water sources are expected to be treated by NWSC. If the water is not treated, water shall not be transferred from the Bhote River and the Kali River to Amalabisauni reservoir except in an emergency situation. The reservoirs supply a given amount of water, shown in Table 2-2-37, to the service areas but the water should be supplied intermittently within a service area, since the amount of water available is only 50% of water demand. An intermittent water supply will be operated by throttling valves in the service areas. Currently 16 NWSC operators operate existing valves to control flow. In the Project, more valves will be installed on new distribution mains and sub mains to facilitate water supply management. Distribution sub mains will form small zones for a more convenient water supply. After the Project is completed, NWSC staff should be able to control the water supply by throttling valves. Assuming the period of water supply is proportional to the amount of water available, the period of water supply is estimated at about 12 hours (24 × 50% = 12 hours). Figure 2-2-29 shows an example, where Zone A in the service area is fed for 12 hours from 6:00 to 18:00 and Zone B is supplied from 18:00 to 6:00 next morning.
1st day Zone A Water is supplied
0123456789101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Zone B Water is supplied Water is supplied
01234567891011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
2nd day Zone A Water is supplied Water is supplied
0123456789101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Zone B Water is supplied
0123456789101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Water is supplied repeatedly in a way of 1st and 2nd day. Figure 2-2-29 Example of Intermittent Water Supply (in case of 130 lpcd)
From the results of an interview survey with customers conducted in the first field survey, water consumption per capita is estimated at 93 lpcd currently. There is a possibility that water demand in 2025 can be kept below the 130 lpcd that is assumed in Table 2-2-16. If water consumption per capita is 93 lpcd and other conditions are as in Table 2-2-17, daily average water demand is estimated at 70,544m3/day. In this case, the amount of water available can cover 70% of the water demand. The period of water supply is estimated at about 17 hours (24 × 70% = 17 hours). Figure 2-2-30 shows an example where Zone A is fed for 17 hours from 7:00 to 24:00 and Zone B is supplied from 00:00 to 17:00.
2-70 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
1st day Zone A Water is supplied
0123456789101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Zone B Water is supplied
0123456789101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
2nd day Zone A Water is supplied
0123456789101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Zone B Water is supplied
0123456789101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Water is supplied repeatedly in a way of 1st and 2nd day. Figure 2-2-30 Example of Intermittent Water Supply (in case of 93 lpcd)
Whilst the period of water supply and water consumption per capita (from 93 lpcd to 130 lpcd) is discussed above, the volume of water actually needed is unclear. Actual water consumption per capita, characteristics of the service area and other parameters should be verified during the actual operational period.
A soft component program will be provided in the Project after the completion of the construction work to establish a method of how water can be evenly supplied to the service areas. The soft component mainly consists of instructions of operation, monitoring and controlling of the water supply system.
In conclusion, water is supplied from the WTP to each service area for 7 days a week in principal, however, the water supply will be intermittent depending on the characteristics of the service area.
NWSC should make an announcement about reschedule of water supply to customers, particularly to residents in the area where water is supplied for 24 hours currently and gain customer’s understandings.
Service Connection and Customer Meters (1) Customer Meter Replacement The number of service connections in Pokhara city is 34,523 as of January 2015. Since 31% of the total households (10,867 households) have meters that don’t work properly, or are unmetered； a fixed-charge is in place for the 10,867 households. To improve the financial viability of the water business, a customer meter shall be installed for each house which is currently unmetered and a commodity charge (usage-based charge) shall be introduced. Due to the limited water amount available from the river source, it is necessary to control the overuse of water which is mainly caused by the fixed charge. By installing a customer meter for each house, water savings would be expected. In the Project, distribution sub mains will be installed and DMAs will be established. This work, along with the replacement of customer meters, will significantly reduce leaks and water wastage and will improve the management of water supply and financial conditions. If distribution sub mains are replaced/installed in the city center and defective customer meters are replaced (which is estimated at 30% of existing customer meters), 9,000 customer meters are needed in the target area (high population density area) and 11,000 customer meters are needed in the whole city. In the Project,
2-71 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
9,000 customer meters will be procured from Japan for NWSC to replace defective meters in order to decrease leaks and water wastage, as well as to improve the financial viability of the business.
Table 2-2-42 Customer Meter Replacement Items Priority Area 1 Priority Area 2 Remarks Target Area Central area in the Whole Water City: 10 Wards Service Area: 21 Wards Current Population 146,406 276,174 ①: Census in 2011 No. of Service Connection 29,879 34,523 ②=①/4.9: 4.9 persons per connection. No. of connection in the priority Area 2 is actual data in January 2015. No. of Malfunctioning 8,964 10,357 ①=②×30%: the ratio is actual Customer Meter data No. of Meter Replacements 9,000 11,000 ④ : Malfunctioning customer meters shall be replaced
(2) Possession of and Responsibility for Customer Meters Although the customer currently owns the meter and is responsible for it, (except where the rental system is in place), it would be desirable for NWSC to own the customer meters to aid proper understanding of accurate water consumption volume and tariff collection. Since customer meters will be procured by Japan’s Grant Aid project, these meters should be NWSC’s assets and shall not be resold to customers, as per Japan’s Grant Aid policy. Therefore, it is proposed that these meters are rented to customers under the current rental system. Customers have a responsibility to take reasonable care to prevent damage to or theft of a customer meter, even if the meter is owned by NWSC. The following items should be stipulated in a water supply contract between current and new customers and NWSC Pokhara Branch:
NWSC, as the administrator, shall decide the location of the customer meter. The customer meter is owned by NWSC (administrator). NWSC (administrator) shall install the customer meter and the customer shall take care of it. The customer shall provide compensation for any damage done to a customer meter, or if it is lost due to the neglect of the customer (amount of payment shall be decided by the administrator).
Table 2-2-43 and Table 2-2-44 show the current customer meter management systems, including procurement, installation, payment and possession. In the rental system, a customer meter belongs to NWSC. The purchase and rental systems are the same except for a meter rental fee being collected from customers in the rental system.
Table 2-2-43 Responsibility for Customer Meter Management (Current Purchase System) NWSC Customers Remarks Service Connection Material Install Up to 100ft: 4,155NPR/100ft. Over 100ft: 22NPR/ft. Pay
2-72 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
NWSC Customers Remarks Possession Customer meter Material NWSC sells from 2015/8/16 Install 100 NPR(Installation charge) Pay Approx. 2,1000 NPR/meter Possession Charge of repair Repair Excavation fee Pay Note: the prices in the table are by NWSC
Table 2-2-44 Responsibility for Customer Meter Management (Rental System) NWSC Customers Remarks Service Connection Material Install Up to 100ft: 4,155 NPR/100ft. Over 100ft: 22 NPR/ft. Pay Possession Customer meter Material Install 100 NPR (Installation charge) Pay (Rental) 5 NPR/month (Rental fee) Possession Charge of repair Repair Excavation fee Pay Note: the prices in the table are by NWSC
(3) Replacement of Service Connections When distribution submains are replaced, service connections branched from them also have to be replaced. In this section, how the service connection work and the responsibilities will be divided between the Japanese and Nepalese sides, are discussed.
Scenario 1: Replacement of existing distribution submains When Japanese side replaces existing distribution submains, they should also replace service connections branched from them. If Nepalese side replaces service connections, both the Japanese and Nepalese sides would miss the timing of installation and that would cause delays in the construction work. Both existing distribution submains and service connections are replaced by Japanese side in the Project. (Refer to Figure 2-2-31)
2-73 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-31 Existing Distribution Submain Construction (Replacement)
Scenario 2: Installation of new distribution submains When distribution submains are newly installed in the Project, the Japanese side will also install service connections up to a property boundary. The Nepalese side will be responsible for all works inside the boundary.
Scenario 3: Reuse of Existing Service Connections When existing distribution submains are replaced, existing service connections may be relocated and connected to an adjacent existing distribution submain which is closer to them. In this case, the Japanese side will replace the distribution submain and the Nepalese side will replace the service connections because construction work can be executed separately. The replacement of existing distribution submains will be executed before the Japanese side replaces existing distribution mains.
Figure 2-2-32 Distribution Main Construction and Connecting to Existing Distribution Submain
Noted that installation of service connections by the Japanese side is limited to outside of a property boundary. (Refer to Figure 2-2-33)
2-74 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Figure 2-2-33 Scope of Service Connection Work
The number of service pipes that you are conducted by Nepalese side is set at 1,700 units worth of exception of 7,300 units laid by Japanese side. In case service pipe will be installed by four construction teams, it is assumed that construction work will be completed in about 180 days.
(4) Specification of Customer Meters and Service Connections Given the conditions discussed above, specifications and quantity of customer meters and service connections for the Project are shown below.
Table 2-2-45 Service Connections Item Specification Diameter Length No. of connections Material Service approx.10m per connection 13mm 7,300 connections GI pipe connection
GI pipes will be used as service connection instead of PVC pipes since water supply pressure can be high and existing connections also utilize GI pipes. Number of connections are estimated on the basis of the following; 1) 10 connections on one side of a road per 100m of distribution submain, 2) 33km of distribution submain supplying water to customers on one side of a road, 3) 20km of distribution submain supplying water to customers on both sides of a road, 4) 33km × 100 connections + 20km × 200 connections = 7,300 connections.
Table 2-2-46 Customer Meters Items Specification Customer Diameter No. of meters Type of the meter Meter 13mm 9,000 Vane wheel water meter(Japanese) Accessories Ferrule with saddle × 1, elbow × 3 and socket × 1 per connection
2-75 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Equipment Procurement NWSC Pokhara Branch requested the Team to procure the following equipment: small sized excavators, pipeline locators and valve locators. The details of the request are evaluated in terms of necessity and appropriateness.
(1) Request Components Small Sized Excavators (2 units) Example of specification of small sized excavator is described below: Bucket capacity: 0.077~0.282m3 Minimum turning radius: Approx. 3.17m Maximum digging depth: Approx. 4.00m Length/Width/Height: 6.65m/2.35m/4.00m Example of small sized excavator
(Reference: Komatsu’s Website)
Pipeline Locators (2 units) Example of specification of pipeline detector is as follows: Location accuracy: 5.0m±25cm or less Depth accuracy: 5.0m±10% or less Location distance: Approx. 260m～400m Range of depth detection: 0m～5m Example of Pipeline Locator (Reference: Fuji Tecom’s Website)
Valve Locators (2 units) Example of specification of valve locator is as follows: Detectable depth： Approx. 40~60cm under a steel cover
(2) Background of Request Example of Valve Locator Small Sized Excavators (Reference: Fuji Tecom’s Website) In NWSC Pokhara Branch, excavation and backfilling for new service pipe connections and repairing/ maintenance of existing pipes are currently conducted manually. This means that they cannot provide a rapid response to customer’s claim due to the length of time required to excavate and backfill manually. Additionally, most of the existing distribution and service pipes are laid under the narrow roads and congested city areas. For these reasons, small sized excavators, which can maneuver in a small space, are requested.
Pipeline Locators NWSC Pokhara Branch has a major issue with the operation and maintenance of existing pipelines because they cannot locate the existing pipes accurately due to the limited number of valves in the pipe network and lack of as-built drawings of the existing pipes. Additionally, they do not have equipment to locate the existing pipes. As a result, leakages from buried pipes cannot be repaired, although leakages from exposed
2-76 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
pipes are repaired and records of the repair works are maintained. Therefore, in order to enable repairing of buried pipes, pipeline locators are essential to locate those existing pipes. Repairing leakages on buried pipes is an important issue for NWSC Pokhara Branch and pipe locators are highlighted as the most important item in the requested list.
Valve Locators NWSC Pokhara Branch has an issue with the operation and maintenance of existing water valves in the pipe network, because they cannot locate the existing valves and their valve spindle boxes due to overlay with pavement or covering with grass and sand. In addition, it is also important to operate and maintain air valves and washout valves appropriately. Therefore, they requested the valve locators to enable them for appropriate operation and maintenance of the valves and manholes.
(3) Supplier of Equipment Small Sized Excavators Small sized excavators are available in Pokhara city. A repair service and spare parts are also available in Pokhara city.
Pipeline Locators and Valve Locators Since pipeline locators and valve locators are not manufactured in Nepal, Japanese products, which are known to be reliable and accurate, will be procured.
(4) Necessity and Appropriateness of Equipment Requested Small Sized Excavators It is expected that work efficiency for the repairing and maintenance of the existing pipes and new service pipe connections will be improved by using small sized excavators. As a result, response to customer’s claim will be handled more quickly. Additionally, as most of the existing pipes are laid under narrow roads and congested city areas, earthworks using small sized excavators are advantageous. NWSC Pokhara Branch has two offices for management of different service areas; Pokhara office and Bindhabasini office. Therefore, it is preferable to procure one excavator for each office, so that customer’s claim can be managed more quickly. For the above reasons, the request for small sized excavators is considered reasonable.
Pipeline Locators It is expected that depth and horizontal position of the existing pipes can be detected by a pipeline locator. This equipment will contribute to the improvement of the operation and management of the existing pipes and will also enable them a quick response to customer’s claim and early detection of water leakage. In addition, the existing pipes (CI pipes, DI pipe, GI pipe) are all metal pipe, it is reasonable to procure the pipe detectors for metal pipe in the Project. Given that NWSC Pokhara Branch has two offices, it is preferable that one pipeline locater is procured for each office, so that customer’s claim can be managed more quickly. For the above reasons, the request for pipeline locators is considered reasonable.
2-77 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Valve Locators It is expected that manholes and valves which are covered with pavement, grass and sand can be detected by a valve locator. This equipment will contribute to the improvement of the operation and maintenance of the existing valves. It is important to operate and maintain existing and new valves to supply water effectively and fairly to meet the water demand in service areas, since the water supply amount will not be increased through the completion of the Project, It is preferable to procure one valve locator for each office for use in each service area. For the above reasons, the request for valve locators is considered reasonable.
Selection of Appropriate Option for the Project (1) Setting of Project Scope Options Project components, which are intended to resolve issues with the existing water supply system in Pokhara city include i) Repair/ Renovation of raw water transmission pipe, ii) Construction of grit chamber/ sedimentation tank, iii) Construction of WTP, iv) Installation of clear water transmission pipe, v) Construction of reservoir, vi) Installation of chlorine injection facilities, vii) Renovation/ Installation of distribution mains, viii) Renovation/ Installation of distribution sub-mains, ix) Equipment Procurement (Water meter, service pipe etc.), x) Implementation of soft component. These project components and an outline of the subsequent benefits to the issues are shown in Table 2- 2-47.
Table 2-2-47 Project Components and Subsequent Benefits Project Component Major Issues Benefits i) Repair/ Renovation of raw water Risks associated with Mitigation of risks associated with transmission pipe flooding flooding and landslides ii) Construction of grit chamber/ Water quality Partial removal of turbidity in water sedimentation tank iii) Construction of WTP Water quality Improvement in water quality and removal of turbidity in water iv), v), Installation of clear water Interrupted water supply, Constant water supply/ distribution, vii),viii) transmission pipe and distribution High leakage ratio decrease in leakage ratio, improving mains and construction of reservoir water works operation vi) Installation of chlorine injection Water quality Improved disinfection facilities ix) Equipment Procurement High non-revenue water Decrease in non-revenue water, (Water meter, service pipe etc.) ratio improving water works operation x) Implementation of soft component O&M capacity for water Improvement in capacity of O&M for supply facilities the water supply facilities to be constructed in the Project
Options for the Project scope are summarized as follows considering priority, cost effectiveness and sustainable project outcomes.
2-78 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
The scope requested Project scope requested by the Nepalese side by the Nepalese side Grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP will be constructed to improve water quality of service water. Water transmission/ distribution facilities (Clear Water Option -1 Transmission Pipe, Reservoir, Distribution Mains and Distribution Sub Mains) will be installed across all the water supply area to improve water supply / distribution. Grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP will be constructed. However, water transmission/ distribution facilities will be installed in the east service area only as Option -2 water supply in this area is in a poor state and improvement of the water supply in this area has priority. No distribution facilities will be installed in the west service area. Grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP will be constructed. However, water transmission/ distribution facilities will be installed in the west service area only as Option -3 this area has a high population concentration and improvement of water supply in this area has priority. No water facilities will be installed in the east service area. Grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP will be constructed. Transmission/ distribution facilities will be constructed to reservoirs and clear water transmission Option -4 pipe located water supply area. However, renovation/ installation of distribution pipes will be carried out only to connect new reservoirs.
Outline drawings for each option are shown on the next page.
2-79 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Outline Drawings for each Option Option-1 Option-2
Option-3 Option-4
2-80 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
(2) Selection of Preferred Option Based on the results of the field survey, the most favorable project scope has been selected considering the suitability and priority of the Project components. A comparative study on the Project scope is carried out and associated key points are thoroughly examined. The results are shown in Table 2-2-2.
1) Improvement in Supplied Water Quality According to the social survey, the customers of Pokhara Branch seek supplied water quality as the most desirous improvement point over the water services.
2) Equalizing Water Supply Frequency Since there is no adequate water distribution system at present, the frequency of water supply availability differs greatly depending on the area, causing feelings of unfairness by residents. This issue needs to be resolved by equalizing water supply frequency over the supply area.
3) Improvement to Leakage Rate There are problems such as low collection rate for water tariff and lack of water amount due to the high water leakage rate. It is necessary to reduce the leakage rate in order to resolve this problem.
4) Improvement in Management To be considered how contribute to the management of NWSC Pokhara Branch after the implementation of the Project by the improvement of water quality, reduction of leveling of water supply frequency and water leakage rate.
5) Stabilization of Water Supply Pressure Water pressure needs to be stabilized to manage water leakage since there is no adequate water distribution system and there are large variations in water supply pressure depending on distance from water source and altitude, etc. in each supply zone.
6) Obligations of Recipient Country The obligations of Nepalese side shall be sufficiently considered, since all of the facilities are not constructed by the Project.
Result of the Selection As shown in Table 2-2-48, comparison is carried out for Options 1 to 4. As a result, it is recommended that Option -1 is the most advantageous for a Grant Aid project, because option -1 can contribute to the most demanded matters such as supply water quality and water supply frequency in the Pokhara city, further it is possible to improve management of Pokhara Branch by improvement of leakage rate, etc.
2-81 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-2-48 Comparison of Project Scope Options The Scope requested by Option -1 Option -2 Option -3 Option -4 the Nepalese Side Same project scope as requested Grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and Grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and Grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and Grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and by the Nepalese side WTP will be constructed to improve WTP will be constructed. However, WTP will be constructed. However, WTP will be constructed. Clear water water quality for service water. Water water transmission/ distribution facilities water transmission/ distribution facilities transmission pipe and reservoir will be transmission/ distribution facilities (Clear will be installed only in the east service will only be installed in the west service constructed as a water transmission/ Outline of Options Water Transmission Pipe, Reservoir, area due to this area being a priority. area due to high concentration of distribution facilities for all the water Distribution Main and Distribution Sub Not installed in the west service area. population in that area. Not installed in supply are. However renovation/ Main) will be installed across the water the east service area. installation of distribution pipe will not supply area to improve water be conducted. distribution. a) Grit Chamber/Sedimentation a) Grit Chamber/Sedimentation a) Grit Chamber/Sedimentation a) Grit Chamber/Sedimentation a) Grit Chamber/Sedimentation Tank Q=41,000m3/day Tank Q=42,000m3/day Tank Q=42,000m3/day Tank Q=42,000m3/day Tank Q=42,000m3/day b) Raw Water Transmission b) Raw Water Transmission Pipe b) Raw Water Transmission Pipe b) Raw Water Transmission Pipe b) Raw Water Transmission Pipe Pipe Replacement partially L= 1.2km Replacement partially L= 1.2km Replacement partially L= 1.2km Replacement partially L= 1.2km Renovation at HDPE pipe c) WTP (Slow Sand Filter System) c) WTP (Slow Sand Filter System) c) WTP (Slow Sand Filter System) c) WTP (Slow Sand Filter System) bridge part Q= 41,000m3/day Q= 41,000m3/day Q= 41,000m3/day Q= 41,000m3/day c) WTP ( Sand Filter System) d) Clear Water Transmission d) Clear Water Transmission d) Clear Water Transmission Pipe d) Clear Water Transmission Q=25,000m3/day Pipe L= 7.9km Pipe L= 7.9km L= 3.8km Pipe L= 7.9km d) Distribution Pipe L= 69.87km e) Reservoir No.1～3 (each e) Reservoir No.2～3 (each e) Reservoir No.1 (V=2000m3） e) Reservoir No.1～3 (each Component e) Detailed Design/ V=2000m3) V=2000m3) f) Distribution Main L= 25km V=2000m3) Construction Supervision f) Distribution Main L= 49.8km f) Distribution Main L= 24.5km g) Distribution Sub main L= f) Distribution Main L= 13km g) Distribution Sub main L= g) Distribution Sub main L= 32km g) Distribution Sub main L= 0km 52.9km 10km h) Equipment Procurement Customer h) Equipment Procurement h) Equipment Procurement h) Equipment Procurement Meter 9000 units, Others Customer Meter 9000 units, Customer Meter 9000 units, Customer Meter 9000 units, i) Soft Component Others Others Others j) Detailed Design/ Construction i) Soft Component i) Soft Component i) Soft Component Supervision j) Detailed Design/ Construction j) Detailed Design/ Construction j) Detailed Design/ Construction Supervision Supervision Supervision i Treated Project Effectiveness Effectiveness Project Improved by construction of Improved by construction of water Improved by construction of water Improved by construction of water Improved by construction of water Water water treatment facilities treatment facilities treatment facilities treatment facilities treatment facilities Quality ii Water 7 days/week water supply 7 days/week water supply 7 days/week water supply in east 7 days/week water supply in west 7 days/week water supply difficult Supply difficult to achieve achievable area achievable area achievable to achieve Frequency iii Leakage Ratio 35% (indication) 27% (indication) 32% (indication) 30% (indication) 32% (indication) (At present 36 %)
2-82 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
The Scope requested by Option -1 Option -2 Option -3 Option -4 the Nepalese Side Will not contribute to Contributes to improvement of Water tariff revenue will be increased Increased tariff income is expected This option does not contribute to the improvement of management. management by increase in since leakage rate is improved and since distribution volume and improvement of management very Water distribution volume and population served and reduction in water distribution volume and population served will increase much. iv population served will be much leakage rate. population served will increase in the (largest increase after Option-1) and Water distribution volume and Improvement less compared with other options Eastern Area. water leakage is reduced in the population served is less than that of on since the WTP capacity is small However, there is less improvement western area where population other options, since area of Management and reservoirs and water than in Option -1 and -3. concentration is high. distribution mains improvement work transmission mains are not is smaller. installed. v Stabilization Water pressure is not improved Contribute to the stabilization of the Only the Eastern Area will be Only the Western Area will be Contributing to the stabilization of of Water because reservoirs and water supply pressure as reservoirs will be improved. There is no change to improved. No change to current the water supply pressure for Pressure transmission pipe are not located evenly. current status in other areas. status for other areas. reservoirs is evenly arrangement constructed. － 7 days/week: 64,600 persons, 21% 7 days/week: 0 persons, 0% 7 days/week: 26,700 persons, 18% 7 days/week: 26,700 persons, 16% Present Status of 3-4 days/week: 171,800 persons, 56% 3-4 days/week: 64,200 persons, 64% 3-4 days/week: 91,600 persons, 61% 3-4 days/week: 124,900 persons, 75% Water Supply for (Estimation is impossible due to 1-2 days/week: 68,500 persons, 23% 1-2 days/week: 36,000 persons, 36% 1-2 days/week: 32,400 persons, 22% 1-2 days/week: 15,100 persons, 9% each Option unknown pipe planning) Average Water Supply Frequency: Average Water Supply Frequency: Average Water Supply Frequency: Average Water Supply Frequency: 3.6 days/week 2.8 days/week 3.7 days/week 3.9 days/week Beneficiaries 140,000 persons Population － 240,300 persons 124,000 persons (Population who are already receiving (Population who are already receiving (Population who are already receiving (Water Supply (Estimation is impossible due to 100,200 persons Frequency water supply 7 days/week in the target water supply 7 days/week in the target water supply 7 days/week in the target unknown pipe planning) area except) area except) 7 days/week) area except) Nothing Nothing Reservoir No.1（V=2000m3） Clear Water Transmission Pipe Distribution Main L=36.5km Distribution Main L=24.5km L=4.7km Distribution Sub Main L=50km Distribution Sub Main L=40km Reservoir No.2 and No.3 (each V=2000m3) Distribution Main L=24.5km Distribution Sub Main L=18km The request document is not No obligation on recipient country The obligations on recipient The obligations on recipient Moderate obligations on recipient Obligations of described with obligations of relating to main facilities and the country are the smallest among country are the largest. country are. Recipient Country recipient country burden on the Nepalese side is small. Options 2-4. 【Reason】 【Reason】 【Reason】 While a short extension of the Although large structures The Project is implemented without Although construction of large distribution network is required, (reservoirs) will not be constructed, affecting Nepalese side financially. structures (reservoirs) is difficult two large structures (reservoirs) long pipe length to be installed. for Nepalese side, only one will be constructed. This may be Installation length of distribution sub reservoir might be constructed in burden on the recipient country. mains per year by Nepalese side is this option. likely to take a long time to expand the water supply area.
2-83 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
The Scope requested by Option -1 Option -2 Option -3 Option -4 the Nepalese Side Installations of distribution sub main are middle among other options. Increase of O&M Staff: 17 Increase of O&M Staff: 27 Increase of O&M Staff: 22 Increase of O&M Staff: 23 Increase of O&M Staff: 24 ・O&M issues do not occur ・Three reservoirs will be ・Two reservoirs will be constructed ・One reservoir will be constructed ・Three reservoirs will be relating to the reservoirs since constructed but few O&M items. but few O&M items. but few O&M item. constructed but few O&M items. Operation & reservoir will not constructed. ・Longest length of distribution pipe ・Shorter length of distribution mains ・Long length of distribution mains ・Length of distribution mains to be Maintenance ・Installation length of mains to be installed, hence the to be installed than Option-1 & 3, to be installed, hence the burden of installed is not long, hence the (O&M) distribution mains is longer, burden of O&M is the largest. hence the burden of O&M is O&M is relatively large. burden of O&M is relatively small. hence the burden for O&M is relatively small. relatively large. ・Although the water supply area ・The water supply situation in ・The Water supply situation in the ・This option will contribute further ・Large structures (water treatment is smaller than in Option-1, it is most of the region will be worst region will be improved. to improvement of management facility, reservoirs, etc.) will be possible to improve the water improved. ・The development of eastern area is and stabilization of water supply constructed mainly which are supply situation in the region likely to contribute to future frequency in the west water difficult to be conducted by to some degree. management stabilization because distribution area, since water NWSC. airport construction and supply frequency and imbalance of Merit urbanization (population growth) is water supply pressure will be expected in this area in the future. eliminated. ・This option can improve the water supply situation of the western area, which encompassed densely populated city area and areas tourists visit. ・Adjustment of water ・Highest project costs. ・Current water supply situation in ・Western area already stable water ・Although main facilities are distribution amount, highly populated western area will supply situation to some extent will installed, improvement of leakage management of water pressure be left as it is. be improved, hence water supply rate is limited due to insufficient will be difficult because frequency gap of Pokhara city will improvement of water supply Demerit reservoirs and water spread. frequency and imbalance, transmission pipes will not be compared to other options. With installed. this option, water supply frequency in some areas will remain unchanged. This is NWSC’s first choice as it can This is NWSC’s second choice as it This is NWSC’s least preferable This option is NWSC’s third choice NWSC’s Preference － improve the water supply for improves the area with the poorest option. following Option -1, 2. most of the region. conditions. Water quality during the rainy Inadequate water supply situation will Option of highest significance as a This option would be moderately This option involves the installation season will be improved, be improved in most areas. Grant Aid project after Option 1, as effective y as a Grant Aid project. of shorter lengths of distribution Evaluation however, supply capacity can This option also contributes to the this option improves an area with the With this option, the gap between the mains, although major facilities are hardly be improved since elimination of water supply poorest water supply conditions in poor supply conditions in the eastern constructed. For this reason,
2-84 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
The Scope requested by Option -1 Option -2 Option -3 Option -4 the Nepalese Side treated water volume remains at imbalances, which is the most Pokhara city and this option helps, to area will remain the same, although improvements to water supply 25,000m3/day. significant objective of a Grant Aid some extent, to correct the water the water supply situation in the frequency and imbalance are less project. supply imbalance. western area which is densely than in, other options. In addition, populated and visited by tourists, can improvement to the water leakage be further improved rate will be limited.
－ ◎ ◯ △ ◯
2-85 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-2-3 Outline Design Drawing
The list of Outline Design Drawings for the Project is as show in Table 2-2-49.
Table 2-2-49 List of Outline Design Drawings No. Drawing No. Title of Drawing Scale
1 WTP-GLP-001 General Layout Plan of Grit Chamber / Sedimentation Tank 1:600
2 WTP-GLP-002 General Layout of WTP 1:600
3 WTP-HP-001 Hydraulic Profile Non 4 WTP-PFD-001 Process Flow Diagram Non
5 WTP-GC-001 Grit Chamber Plan 1:100
6 WTP-GC-002 Grit Chamber Section 1:100
7 WTP-ST-001 Sedimentation Tank Plan and Section (1) 1:300
8 WTP-ST-002 Sedimentation Tank Section (2) 1:300
9 WTP-RW-001 Receiving Well Plan and Section 1:100 10 WTP-SSF-001 Slow Sand Filter Plan 1:200
11 WTP-SSF-002 Slow Sand Filter Section 1:100
12 WTP-CWR-001 Water Reservoir Plan 1:150
13 WTP-CWR-002 Water Reservoir Section 1:150
14 WTP-WSY-001 Washed Sand Yard Plan and Section 1:150 15 WTP-SP-001 Storage Pond Plan and Section 1:150 16 RE-PR-01 Prashyang Reservoir General Layout 1:300
17 RE-FU-01 Fulbari Reservoir General Layout 1:300
18 RE-CP-01 Col Patan Chowk Reservoir General Layout 1:300
19 RE-CP-03 Col Patan Chowk Reservoir Section Layout 1:300
20 PI-TR-01~03 Transmission Pipeline Plan 01~03 1:10000
21 PI-DM-01~08 Distribution Main Pipeline Plan 01~08 1:10000 22 PI-DS-01~07 Distribution Sub-Main Pipeline Plan 01~07 1:10000
2-86 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-87 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-88 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-89 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-90 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-91 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-92 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-93 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-94 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-95 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-96 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-97 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-98 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-99 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-100 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-101 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-102 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-103 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-104 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-105 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-106 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-107 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-108 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-109 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-110 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-111 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-112 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-113 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-114 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-115 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-116 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-117 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-118 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-119 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-120 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-121 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-122 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-123 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-2-4 Implementation Plan
Implementation Policy (1) Basic Conditions NWSC is the implementation agency in Nepalese side for the Project. It is also responsible for the management and O&M of all water supply facilities.
The detailed design (drawing and document preparation), tender assistance, construction supervision and machinery procurement, are to be undertaken by a Japanese consultant. After the E/N and G/A for a Grant Aid project have been signed, NWSC shall finalize the consultant contract for consulting services. NWSC also shall approve and issue certificates for the payment to the consultant and the contractor according to their progresses of the works.
A Japanese contractor shall be in charge of the construction works and procurement for the Project. The main portion of the Project is civil works, along with pipe laying and mechanical/electrical facility installation. It has been decided that a Japanese general civil work contractor with experience of similar construction work, shall be selected. The contractor is to be selected by general open bidding, and the necessary qualifications for bid participation, as well as the selecting criteria, shall be discussed and decided in consultation with NWSC during the bidding preparation period.
The consultant shall supervise the construction and procurement which will be conducted by the contractor. NWSC shall approve and issue payment documents to the consultant and contractor, according to the construction and procurement progress.
For the smooth implementation as the counterpart of the Project, NWSC shall open the new branch office in Hemja in 2015 and recruit the new technical staffs for Pokhara Branch office before the commencement of the construction work of the Project. The mission of Hemja Branch office shall be the support of the design work. The supervise of construction work and operation & maintenance shall be managed by those new staffs. The NWSC headquarter shall manage and control these branch offices during the construction and operation stage of the Project.
(2) Construction Method The construction method for the Project will be selected taking into account the local construction circumstances and technical standards. It is recommended that the Project shall effectively utilize local workers and materials, and create working opportunities and promote technology transfer.
(3) Effective use of Local Contractors Engineers of the Japanese contractor shall be stationed at the construction site during the construction period in order to provide guidance and supervision on the works. Many buildings and bridges are constructed in Nepal, which indicates a sufficiently developed local construction industry. Malfunctions and accidents can be prevented by appropriate quality/safety management. In addition, a local contractor’s site has been visited where construction of WTP was being carried out and it was observed that the site was tidy and the local contractor was constructing some complicated structures without any difficulties. Therefore, it appears that it is possible to employ a local contractor for the construction work in the Project.
2-124 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
(4) Procurement Conditions It is recommended that pipe materials shall be delivered in accordance with manufacturing schedule of the pipes and the progress of the pipe laying works, as space for temporary storage yards is limited. Accurate comprehension of construction developments and schedule shall be required. It is difficult to procure raw concrete from factories in Pokhara city, because there is only one access road to the site from the factories and the road may be closed by landsides in the rainy season. To secure supply, a concrete batcher plant shall be constructed on site or in the vicinity of the WTP site.
Implementation Conditions (1) Construction Conditions a) River Crossing Work Thee river crossing of pipeline will be carried out using open-cut method, and some parts of the river will be temporarily closed by sandbags and drained by submersible pumps. Construction shall be implemented during the dry season, when the river’s water level is low. b) Foundations for Structure The soil at the site is gravelly soil and it has sufficient bearing capacity. Therefore, spread foundation will be adopted for the support of grit chamber/ sedimentation tank. c) Pipe Laying Pipe laying in the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP are of 300 to 800mm dia. Pipe laying mainly uses excavators. For the pipe laying, enough road width shall be ensured in the WTP. d) Transportation Plan The existing road accessing the WTP site is narrow with about 4 to 5m width and there be some sharp corners. Construction vehicles shall use a new temporary road which is to be constructed along the northwest of the site. The road shall have two lanes with a width of 6m, laying from northwest to southeast. The existing road along the Seti River is used by many dump trucks, and at some locations vehicles can hardly pass each other. Therefore traffic banksmen shall be provided when large cargo trucks are entering the site. e) Permits and Approvals for the Works It will be required approx. one month to get permits and approvals from the police, fire department, local government etc. for implementation of the Project, therefore scheduled application of the permits and approval is necessary.
For the implementation of the pipeline construction, prior to the commencement of the work, the approvals from the related authorities and also the public hearing for the residents around the site shall be required.
(2) Considerations for Setting Construction Schedule a) The legal holidays at the weekend in Nepal include Friday afternoon and Saturday. Public holidays are made up of seven days for the Dasain Festival and ten days before and after it (in a total of 17 days) in October and four days for the Tihar Festival and seven days before and after it (in a total of 11 days) in
2-125 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
November. It should be assumed that public authority offices and shops are closed during these holidays and that workers may take some extra holidays to travel to their hometown. Other than these days, about ten further days of national holidays may cause the delay for the construction works. b) Pokhara city is situated at an elevation of 800 to 950m and is surrounded by high mountain ranges. The temperature is slightly higher than the area of the capital of Kathmandu. The climate is characterized by high temperatures and high humidity in the summer and warm and dry in winter. The hot season is from April to August with an average highest temperature of 31℃ and the cold season is from December to February with an average lowest temperature of 7℃. Precipitation increases gradually from late May and the rainy season starts on June to continue up to September. Annual precipitation is approx. 3,500mm. The largest monthly precipitation in August is approx. 900mm. The rain will not disturb much of the construction works, but careful consideration shall be given to construction scheduling for transportation of materials, excavation and back filling of soil, concreting etc. in the rainy season. Especially in the rainy season, transportation of materials shall be carefully arranged due to landslides caused by rains during nighttime. c) Pipe laying works are planned for about 100km in length in downtown of Pokhara city. In the downtown area, there are many obstructions to the works, such as narrow roads, heavy traffic and many pedestrians etc. Therefore, it is necessary to study various specific conditions at construction sites of downtown.
(3) Compliance to Labor Law a) Daily work at most construction sites in Nepal starts at 8 am and finish around 5 pm including a lunch break of 1 hour. b) Labor transportation is commonly used in Nepal.
(4) Security Management Security-related information in Pokhara city and its surrounding areas shall be collected from JICA Nepal Office, Embassy of Japan and other organizations. Security measures shall be taken with attention to the following items: a) Advice for safe and smooth work implementation shall be obtained from Nepalese counterpart organizations. b) Close contact should be maintained with aid agencies working around Pokhara city, if any, to share security-related information. c) Generally, Pokhara city and its surrounding area are safe. However, there may be some demonstrations. d) Traffic conditions in Nepal are poor and it may be unsafe for foreigners to drive a car. Commuting shall be by car with a local driver, or on foot. e) Construction Plan shall be established according to “The Guidance for the Management of Safety for Construction Works on Japanese ODA Projects”.
2-126 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
(5) Procurement Plan Concrete In Pokhara city, ready-mixed concrete is manufactured at the batcher plants owned by private companies, and provided for public use. As of August 2015, two factories with a production capacity of 60m3/hr were in operation in this area. It has been concluded that the batcher plants in this area are capable of providing the Project with the necessary amount of concrete. However, these plants would also have to provide concrete to other construction works, and it may be difficult to get enough ready-mixed concrete timely during the construction period of the Project. Furthermore, there is only one road accessing the construction site and it may be blocked by traffic jam. Therefore, a concrete batcher plant shall be constructed at the construction site or in its vicinity.
Reinforcement Bar Reinforcing bars satisfying BS (British Standards) are manufactured in Nepal and can be procured in Nepal.
Pipe Materials Most of the ductile iron pipes distributed in Nepal are made in India and valves are imported from India and other countries. However, there is a concern over the leakage at joints of ductile iron pipes, water tightness of the valves and pressure resistance. Thus, for the Project, ductile iron pipes and valves which are to be used in important sections of the water supply system shall be imported from Japan, or a Japanese- affiliated factory in another country.
Steel pipes and HDPE pipes for water services are manufactured in Nepal and have been used at many construction sites and the quality is sufficient, therefore procurement in Nepal is possible.
Tax The Nepalese side agreed to take necessary measures to exempt taxes, including Value Added Tax (hereinafter referred to as “VAT”), custom duty, corporate tax, income tax, and any other taxes which are to be arisen from the Project activities in Nepal. According to Japan’s Grant Aid regulations, if there is any taxes and levies imposed on the Project, NWSC will have to allocate necessary budget for the payment of taxes and levies. The necessary budget is described in Annex 5. Process of tax exemption is as follows: It is necessary to pay in plus 13% when purchase of the equipment in Nepal. VAT will be refunded at later date (after 3 months to 6 months) for a Grant Aid projects. NWSC requests Inland Revenue Department for refinement. Custom duty: After NWSC sends a confirmation letter to the customs office, customs duties will not be levied. NWSC needs to pay necessary fee to the custom. Corporate income tax, Personal income tax: As described in the Exchange of Notes, it is confirmed by the Nepal Ministry of Finance that any income tax for consultants, contractors and its staffs will be exempted.
Scope of Works The demarcation of construction works to be executed by the Japanese side is shown in the following table. These obligations are confirmed with the Nepalese side so the division of works does not deviate from the
2-127 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
policy of Japan’s Grant Aid.
Table 2-2-50 Major Items of Grant Aid Project No Items Remarks Construction of water supply facilities 1) Disembarkation and prompt Custom Clearance Procedure at the Port of Discharge a) Transportation from the Port of Japan to the Recipient Countries b) Transportation from the Port of Discharge to the Project Site 2) Construction of Temporary Roads a) Within the sites 3) Construction of Temporary Structures 4) Construction of Electrical, Waterworks, Drainage and Other Subsidiary Facilities 1 a) Power Supply Distribution Line to the Site Main Circuit Breaker and Transformer Wiring within the Site b) Water Supply Distribution Line in the Site (Receiving Tank/Water Tank) c) Drainage Pipeline in the Site (Toilet, domestic sewage, rainwater etc.) d) Furniture and Equipment Equipment for Office Use To implement detailed design, tender support, construction supervision, 2 and soft component (Consultant) 3 Contingency
Table 2-2-51 Construction Work by Nepalese Side Work Period Work Items Remarks 1) To construct access roads (Outside the site) During the 2) Electricity (Distributing line to the site) Refer to section 2- Project 3) Installation of gate, fence, furniture 2-2-7 for details of Implementation 4) Installation of house connection (Service pipe) service pipe 5) Replacement of water meter
Construction Supervision After completion of the preparatory survey, cabinet approval from GoJ on a Grant Aid would be executed. After approval, signing the Exchange of Note (E/N) related to a Grant Aid assistance on the Project marks the commencement of the Project.
(1) Detailed Design Detailed design documents shall be prepared based on the natural condition survey (measurement survey,
2-128 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
ground survey, etc.) carried out during the Preparatory Survey and the additional detailed field study carried out for the detail designing (additional measurement survey, boring survey, etc.). The detailed design shall be carried out ensuring consistency with Nepalese design standards and Japanese and/or international standards. Water pressure and flow test for the existing water pipes will be performed during the implementation of detailed design stage.
(2) Tendering Procedure All tender documents shall be approved by NWSC (approval requires approximately one month). After approval, the works related to tendering would start immediately. The tendering procedure is as follows:
a) Set an acceptance period of one week from the tender announcement to receive a tender participation application from tenderers. b) Evaluate tenderer’s qualifications with the least delay after receiving the applications. c) Distribute the tender documents to eligible tenderers. The tender meeting is held with the participation of persons involved after a preparation period of 1.5 months. d) The tenderer that offers the lowest price is recommended to NWSC as a successful tenderer. Contracting for the construction works is promoted.
(3) Construction Supervision The construction works consist of a wide-range of works such as civil work, piping work, mechanical work and electrical work. The consultant shall assign a civil engineer as a resident supervisor and also dispatch other civil engineers, a mechanical engineer and an electrical engineer several times for spot supervision, in accordance with the progress of the construction works. Local engineers shall be employed as assistants of the resident supervisor.
The supervisory work shall be implemented in parallel with meetings between NWSC and the contractor. Monthly progress reports and Project Monitoring Report shall be submitted to NWSC, JICA Nepal Office and JICA Headquarters. Reporting to concerned parties and communicating and meeting with them shall not be delayed.
Quality Control Plan The consultant shall request the contractor to conduct the following tests shown in Table 2-2-52 and the results shall be reflected in the quality control.
Table 2-2-52 Tests Related to Quality Control Materials/Parts Test Items Test Methods Standards Strength Confirmation of factory inspection report Pipe Materials Dimensions Dimension measurements, Gauge Japanese Standard Appearance Visual inspection Torque Torque wrench Pipe Installation Leakage Water pressure test Japanese Standard Coating Coating thickness gauge, Visual inspection Foundation Bearing capacity Loading test Japanese Standard Aggregates, Cement Physical test, Chemical test, Grain size test Japanese Standard Concrete Water Chemical test Nepalese Standard
2-129 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Materials/Parts Test Items Test Methods Standards Fresh concrete Slump test, Air content test, Chloride content test Strength Compressive strength test Tensile strength test Japanese Standard Strength Reinforcing Bar Dimension measurement, Bar arrangement Nepalese Standard Bar arrangement inspection ASTM, BS Structural Dimensions Dimension measurement Japanese Standard Appearance Material quality Confirmation of certificate of quality Paint thickness, Adhesion Thickness test, Tensile test Waterproofing Work Japanese Standard Finishing appearance Visual inspection Leakage Water filling test Electrical/Mechanical Installation precision Measurement Japanese Standard Equipment Functions Loading operation test
Procurement Plan According to the policy on a Grant Aid Cooperation Project, materials and equipment required shall be procured from Japan or in Nepal. Local procurement shall be made as many as possible to ensure easy and timely repair/maintenance of facilities. However, commodities not available or not easily distributed in Nepal in terms of quantity and/or price should be procured from Japan and/or in appropriate third countries. In addition, procurement from a Japanese-affiliated factory in the third country is recommended, if it would be more advantageous than procurement from Japan. Points to be considered upon procurement are mentioned in Section 2-2-4-2 Implementation Conditions.
(1) Materials for Civil work Main civil and building materials such as reinforcing bars, fresh concrete, timber, crushed stone, sand, bricks, precast piles, gasoline, and light oil shall be procured in Nepal. A batcher plant shall be built for exclusive use for the Project, because it is difficult to procure enough amount of ready-mixed concrete timely from the existing batcher plants in Pokhara city or its suburbs.
(2) Pipe Materials There are manufacturers of steel pipes for water supply services and HDPE pipes in Nepal, and it is possible to procure from them for the Project. However, most ductile iron pipes and valves distributed in Nepal are made in other countries and there is some doubt as to their quality. Hence, it is concluded that these materials shall be imported from Japan, or a Japanese-affiliated factory in the third countries.
(3) Mechanical and Electrical Equipment The mechanical and electrical equipment to be procured in the Project is mainly for the WTP. Therefore, equipment shall be procured from Japan to secure reliability in quality.
(4) Filter Media Sand for filtration is to be procured in Nepal.
(5) Construction Machinery Heavy machinery, including backhoes and crane trucks, has been well marketed in Nepal. Procurement of heavy machinery in Nepal is not difficult. In addition, since many construction machineries are produced
2-130 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
from Japanese manufacturers without quality issues. Thus, they shall be procured in Nepal.
(6) Procurement Equipment Water meters, water quality test unit and small-size excavators shall be basically procured in Nepal, because there are some local agents dealing this equipment. Pipe locators and valve locators shall be procured in Japan. This equipment is neither manufacturing nor distributing in Nepal. Water meters shall be the products in Japan/Europe/UAS or equivalent, considering the reliability and accuracy of Japanese products or similar. Although it is possible to procure the customer meter in Japan and third countries, assessed the condition of the product, then consider Japanese product if possible.
Plan of Operation Guidance Including Initial Operation After the completion of the Project, test operation and function/operation confirmation of the grit chamber/ sedimentation tank and WTP shall be carried out before turnover the facilities. During this test period, the contractor shall provide operational training for NWSC technical staff as a part of the requirements for facility turnover.
An outline of initial operation guidance is shown in Table 2-2-53.
Table 2-2-53 Initial Operational Training Facilities Main Training Various valves: Confirm functioning status, Open-close operation, Water quality abnormal Grit Chamber/ case measurement, Inspection method Sedimentation Tank Periodic sludge operation: Confirm functioning status, Cleaning method, Inspection method Periodic washing operation: Confirm functioning status, ON-OFF operation, Water amount WTP & Distribution setting, Inspection method Reservoir Various valves: Confirm functioning status, Open-close operation, Inspection method Electrical equipment: Confirm functioning status, Inspection method, Operation method Pipeline in WTP Various valves: Confirm functioning status, Open-close operation, Inspection method Small Size Excavators, Pipeline Locators, Valve Locators, Water Quality Operating Method Analysis Equipment
Soft Component Plan (1) Background of Planning Soft Component The Project covers construction of the proposed WTP and reservoirs, improvement of transmission and distribution pipelines, and provision of customer meters in Pokhara city and its surrounding two villages. The Project contributes to the improvement of the NWSC Pokhara Branch’s financial situation and living environment for citizens of Pokhara by improving the water supply system (such as drinking water quality and water supply conditions).
Presently, NWSC Pokhara Branch does not own a grit chamber, sedimentation tank and WTP (slow sand filter). Therefore, they do not have any knowledge and or experience to operate and maintain the facilities, requiring the training for NWSC staff. Knowledge on water quality management is also required for them including measuring and control of water quality at the plant, reservoirs and tap. After completion of the Project, an effective and fair water distribution to meet demand by sub-service area is required. Moreover,
2-131 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
a proper installation method shall be applied for house connections to improve current high water leakage in the distribution network. Activities related to soft component are necessary for NWSC to improve and enhance the capacity of operation and maintenance of the water supply facilities.
(2) Scope of Soft Component The purpose of the soft Component is to provide technical staff of NWSC Pokhara Branch with the technical knowledge for proper and effective operation and maintenance of newly constructed water supply facilities. Concretely, technology transfer will be implemented on “O&M of WTP”, “O&M of Water Distribution System”, “Installation of Hose Connections” and “Water Quality Monitoring and Control”, as shown in Table 2-2-54.
Table 2-2-54 Soft Component and the Expected Result Item Expected Result O&M of WTP Able to properly operate and maintain water treatment facilities and produce good quality of drinking water continuously. O&M of Water Distribution System Able to properly operate and maintain water distribution facilities and supply water efficiently. Installation of House Connections To reduce water leakage from house connections by gaining proper house connection techniques. Water Quality Monitoring and Control To control water quality continuously by regular water monitoring of treatment and distribution network.
Table 2-2-55 Input for Soft Component Item Japanese Nepalese O&M of WTP Japanese Consultant Pre- Treatment Plant Water Treatment Specialist: 1 person x 4.75 M/M 1-Operator /2-Worker Nepalese Engineer: 1 person x 4.0 M/M WTP Nepalese Interpreter/Translator: 2 persons x 4.0 M/M 1-WTP Manager / 6-Operator & Worker /1-Maintenance 1-Helper /1-Office Assistant 1-Chief Chemist /1-Assistant Chemist Total 15 staff including 15 new staff O&M of Water Japanese Consultant Reservoir/OHT Distribution System Water Supply System Specialist: 1 person x 3.75 M/M 1-Manager Nepalese Engineer: 1 person x 3.0 M/M 1-Operator /13-Worker & Guard Nepalese Interpreter/Translator: 2 persons x 3.0 M/M Total 15 staff including4 new staff Installation of House Japanese Consultant 1-Manager Connections House Connection Specialist: 1 person x 2.3 M/M 21-Plumber Nepalese Engineer: 1 person x 2.0 M/M Total 22 staff including 4 new staff Nepalese Interpreter/Translator: 2 persons x 2.0 M/M Water Quality Monitoring Japanese Consultant Pre- Treatment Plant and Control Water Quality Specialist: 1 person x 1.95 M/M 1-Operato Nepalese Engineer: 1 person x 1.5 M/M WTP Nepalese Interpreter/Translator: 2 persons x 1.5 M/M 1-WTP Manager / 6-Operator & Worker 1-Chief Chemist /1-Assistant Chemist Total 10 staff including 10 new staff
2-132 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Japanese 27 28 35 36 37 38 44 45 46 47 Consultant Construction Work (WTP) Test Operation Water
O&M of WTP Treatment Process 12days 30 days 30 days 15 days 30 days 15 days 3 days
Water O&M of Water
Supply Distribution System 12 days 30 days 15 days System 15 days 30 days 3 days
Installation of House House Connections Connection 4 days 30 days 30 days 2 days Water Quality 15 days
Water Monitoring and
Quality 4 days 2 days Control 15 days 30 days 3 days ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ Report/Manual Training Training Training Report Manual Manual Manual WTP Manager-1 Pre-Treatment Operator-3/ NWSC Employee Chemist-1 WTP Operator-9
for new assignment Helper-1 Distribution Plumber-4/Meter Reader-4 Work in Japan Work in Nepal
Figure 2-2-34 Soft Component – Implementation Schedule (Tentative)
Implementation Schedule The required period for the implementation of the Project is estimated at approx. 46 months from signing E/N to construction completion. An appropriate implementation schedule shall be produced in accordance with the contents of section 2-2-4-2.
0 1 2 3 4 5678 9 101112131415 16171819 2021222324252627 2829303132 3334353637383940414243 44 45 46
Detail Design Detail （Field Survey）
（Detail Design in Japan） 【Detail Design】 （Field Survey） Total 6 Months
0 1 2 3 4 5678 9 101112131415 16171819 2021222324252627 2829303132 3334353637383940414243 44 45 46 Construction works , Procurment and Soft Components Soft ,Procurmentand works Construction （Prepartaion Works）
（Construction of Grit Chamber/Sedimentation Tank）
（Installation of Raw Water Transmission Pipe）
(Construction of Water Treatment Plant（C & A)) 【Construction Works】 (Construction of Water Treatment Plant（M & E)) Total 30 Months
（Construction of Transmission ＆ Distribution Facilities）
（Test Run & Inspection）
（Procurement of Equioment） 【Procurement】 Total 19 Months （Soft Component） 【Soft Component】 Total 4.75 Months Figure 2-2-35 Implementation Schedule for Whole Project (Tentative)
2-133 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
The Project for Augmentation of Water Supply System in Pokhara 0 123456789 101112131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 2930 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 Agreement E/N ▼（E/N） 【All Works Total 46 months】 G/A ▼（G/A）
Contract with Consultant ▼ Field Survey Detailed Design
Deatiled Design Tender Documents Preparation Tender documents Explanation
Tender Notice (ＰＱ) ▲
Tender Documents Distribution (Tokyo) ■ Tendering (Tokyo) ▲
Tender Evaluation ■ Contract with Contractor (Tokyo) ▲ Preparation Construction of Grit Chamber & Sedimentation Tank Installation of Raw Water Transmission Pipeline Construction Works Construction Construction of Water Treatment Plant（C & A) Construction of Water Treatment Plant（M & E) Installation of Transmission Pipeline Construction of Clear Water Reservoirs Installation of Distribution Main Pipelines Installation of Distribution Sub Pipelines Test Run & Inspection, Hand Over Procurement of Equipment Soft Component Soft O&M of WTP Facilities O&M of Distribution Facilities Installation of Service pipelines Water Quality management Figure 2-2-36 Detailed Implementation Schedule for Whole Project (Tentative) Quantitative
2-134 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-3 Obligations of Recipient Country The obligations of GoN and NWSC for the Project are mentioned in following table:
Table 2-3-1 Undertakings by GoN and NWSC N0. Item Unit Q’ty Expected Time Limit within 1 month after 1 To open Bank Account (Banking Arrangement (B/A)) set 1 G/A
Before tender announcement announcement tender Before 2 To implement IEE/EIA set 1 before notice of the 3 To approve EIA set 1 tender document To secure the following lands 1) Proposed construction site 1 (Lahachowk district) before notice of the 4 2) Access road to proposed construction site 1 set 1 tender document within 3) Proposed construction site 4 (Hemja district) 5 months after G/A 4) Access road to proposed construction site 4 5) Three sites owned by Pokhara Sub-Metropolitan City To obtain the necessary permission, such as planning, zoning, before notice of the 5 set 1 building permit tender document To bear the following commissions to a bank of Japan for the
banking services based upon the B/A 1 within 1 month after the 1) Advising commission of A/P set 1 singing of the contract 2) Payment commission for A/P set 1 every payment To ensure prompt unloading and customs clearance in recipient
2 country 1) Tax exemption and customs clearance of the products set 1 during the Project To accord Japanese nationals whose services may be required in connection with the supply of the products and the services under 3 the verified contract such facilities as may be necessary for their set 1 during the Project
During project implementation entry into the recipient country and stay therein for the performance of their work To ensure that customs duties, internal taxes and other fiscal levies which may be imposed in the country of the Recipient with respect to the purchase of the Products and/or the Services will be exempted /be borne by its designated authority without using a Grant Aid; 4 1) Import Tax - - during the Project
2) VAT - - during the Project
3) Corporate Tax/Personal Income Tax - - during the Project To bear all the expenses, other than those to be borne by a Grant Aid, necessary for construction of the facilities as well as for the 5 transportation and installation of the equipment Install a New Water Meter（NWSC） pcs 9,000 during the Project To construct access roads 1) Outside the site（NWSC） For grit chamber/sedimentation tank site, NWSC shall complete the 6 paved roads before the completion of the Project which is constructed 3 months before by the Japanese side as a temporary roads. set 1 completion of the (For WTP site, Japanese side will construct temporary roads and construction paved roads in accordance with the installation of raw water transmission pipe.)
2-135 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
N0. Item Unit Q’ty Expected Time Limit To provide facilities for the distribution of electricity, water
supply, drainage and other incidental facilities 1) Electricity before start of the The distributing line to the site（NWSC→NEA） set 1 construction 7 2) Others set 1 Gate, Fence, Furniture（NWSC） Ls 1 during the Project within 3 months after Land Tenancy（Material yard）（NWSC） ha 1.5 the signing of the construction contract 8 House Connection Works（NWSC） set 1 during the Project To submit project monitoring report to JICA Nepal Office every 3 month during 9 - - （NWSC） the Project 10 Personnel Expenses（Increase of 27 Staff） - - during the Project To obtain all the necessary permission for pipe laying from the 11 - - during the Project relevant authorities（NWSC） To notify project information to the relevant authorities and 12 - - during the Project residents（NWSC） To maintain and use properly and effectively the facilities constructed and equipment provided under a Grant Aid After completion after completion of the 1 set 1 1) Allocation of maintenance cost construction 2) Operation and maintenance structure 3) Routine check/Periodic inspection after completion of the 2 Monitoring of Effectiveness Indicator set 1 construction after completion of the 3 PR and Awareness Activities of the Project set 1 construction As for installation of the electrical facilities, the detailed contents are as per shown in 2-2-4.
2-4 Project Operation Plan O&M Plan In the Project, the following facilities will be constructed.
1. Grit Chamber + Sedimentation Tank 2. WTP (slow sand filter system) 3. Reservoir (2 reservoirs and 1 overhead tank) 4. Distribution sub mains, for extension and replacement 5. Customer Meters
The organizational arrangements for the O&M of new water supply facilities are proposed considering current Pokhara NWSC’s O&M practices.
(1) Grit chamber and Sedimentation Tank One operator shall be assigned during daytime. In addition, 2 persons working as a guard and worker shall be employed on a permanent base. However, their duty is alternately arranged with a week interval.
2-136 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
One person working as an operator shall be on daytime work in the facilities.
(2) WTP (Slow Sand Filter System) Outline The organization for O&M of the WTP shall include a manager, some operators/workers/guards, a maintenance technician (Mechanical & Electrical), chemists (water quality specialist), helper and office assistant. In application of a slow sand filter system for the water treatment process, it is necessary to scrape the surface sand of the filter bed every three months. In this regard, a manager shall have a technical knowledge on O&M of a slow sand filter system.
Organization in the WTP The O&M for the WTP is made up of 3 x 8 hour shifts within a 24 hour period, with each shift consisting of 2 operators/workers/guards. Each shift has 2 operators, resulted in a total of 6 operators (= 2 persons/party x 3 shifts). 6 shows the proposed staff for the WTP
Table 2-4-1 Proposed Staff Assignment in the WTP Assignment No. of Person Level Manager 1 Level 7 Operator/Worker/Guard 6 Level 1 & 2 Maintenance 1 Level 5 Helper 1 Level 1 Office Assistant 1 Level 1 Chemist 2 Level 5 & 6 Total 12
(3) Water Quality Examination The Nepal Drinking Water Quality Standard stipulates 27 parameters for a periodic examination. In the Project, NWSC Pokhara Branch office practices to examine water quality for the 6 parameters, 5 parameters and 1 parameter, every day, once a month and quarterly, respectively. (Refer to Table 2-2-29) While, the parameters for lower frequency testing (i.e. less than yearly) are examined at the DWSS’s laboratory in the Pokhara WSSDO and/or other laboratories. The parameters, test frequency and applicable laboratories are shown in 7. The highlighted parameters in the table are those that NWSC can currently examine by themselves. Water quality analysis equipment is planned to be provided by Japanese grant to accurately analyze the water for the 6 daily, 5 monthly and 1 quarterly parameters except for calcium, E. coli and total coliform group bacteria.
In the Project, the sampling points are proposed to include intake points, WTP, reservoirs and water taps. Two water quality laboratories shall be established at the WTP and NWSC Pokhara Branch, due to remote distance from the taps at the end of the distribution networks to the WTP. At the Pokhara office, water quality tests to analyze daily parameters shall be conducted using portable test equipment. The test results will be recorded and kept at the existing data management room, together with the equipment.
2-137 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
At the WTP, raw and purified water shall be tested to check and monitor the treatment process, while, distributed water quality at the reservoirs and taps shall be tested and monitored at the NWSC Pokhara Branch. In addition, a dissolved oxygen concentration shall be tested periodically to confirm a biofilm making condition at the slow sand filters.
Table 2-4-2 Nepal Drinking Water Quality Standard and Test Frequency
(4) Two Reservoirs and One Overhead Tank Two persons as a guard and worker are assigned at each facility (two new reservoirs and an overhead tank). However, their duty is alternately arranged with a week interval. The new Fulbari reservoir will be managed by two staff (as a worker and guard) who will work for the existing Fulbari deep tube well located near the reservoir (approximately 3 meters between the well and reservoir). At the Fulbari site, one person will be on duty for 7 days, alternating the following week with the other employee Therefore, 4 additional staff (workers/ guards) are required for the maintenance of the reservoirs and overhead tank.
(5) Customer Meter Readers There are currently 16 full-time Customer Meter Readers in the NWSC Pokhara Branch, who undertake meter readings for 34,523 customers meters every month. NWSC Pokhara Branch has installed
2-138 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
approximately 1,200 new customer meters and replaced approximately 800 customer meters every year. NWSC projected that the total number of working customer meters will reach approximately 55,000 (= 34,523 + 2,000 per year × 10 years) in 2025.To cope with the estimated increase in the number of customer meters, the number of meter readers shall be increased from the current 16 to at least 20 workers to reduce their workload. In 2025, the number of meters to be covered per person per day will reach 110 in Pokhara Branch office. This figure still seems to be large compared with the number experienced in other offices. Nevertheless, the number of the connections shall be based just on the assumption, the continuous review shall be required based on the updated information of the workload and number of the meters. Then the recruit of temporal staff shall be considered. Table 2-4-4 shows the number of customer meters and meter readers in each NWSC branch office in 2015.
Table 2-4-3 Number of Customer Meters and Meter Readers
(6) Maintenance Staff for Distribution Networks The total length of existing water distribution mains in Pokhara city is approximately 220 km. 17 staff in the Pokhara office distribution section maintains the distribution sub mains. Since approximately 75 km of new distribution sub mains are planned to be constructed in the Project, 4 additional staff are needed for distribution sub main maintenance and valve operation. Table 2-4-4 shows the necessity for an increase in staff. Table 2-4-4 Distribution (sub) Main Maintenance Staff Year 2015 2025 Total Pipe Length Approx. 220 km Approx. 297 km New: Approx. 77 km No. of Staff 17 persons 20 persons 4 persons increase Pipe length per person 12.9 km/person 14.1 km/person Approx. 10% efficiency improved
2-139 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
2-4-2 Proposed O&M Staff in Water Supply Facilities
After construction of the facilities, including the new recruit plan, O&M of the facilities shall be made as shown in Figure 2-4-1. Present and proposed staff assignment for O&M of water supply facilities is shown in Table 2-4-5. NWSC has a plan to change the working pattern for O&M of facilities for 24 hours to a shifting with a week interval from a labor management and workload/welfare viewpoint.
Figure 2-4-1 Proposed Staff Assignment in Water Supply Facilities
2-140 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-4-5 Proposed Staff Assignment for O&M of Water Supply Facilities (Technical Section only) Staff Assignment (Technical Section only) Proposed Planned by Facility Name Present by the Schedule Level NWSC Project Intake Mardi River Worker&Guard 2 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Bhote River Worker&Guard 1 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Ghattte River Worker&Guard 1 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Majhkuna River Worker&Guard 1 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Kalimuda River Worker&Guard 1 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Sub-total 6 10 10 Grid Chamber / Worker&Guard - - 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Pre-treatment Plant Sedimentation Tank Operator - - 1 Daytime Level 2 Manager -- 1 Daytime Level 7 WTP Operator/Worker/Guard 1 --3 3 shifts Level 2 Operator/Worker/Guard 2 --3 3 shifts Level 1 Maintenance -- 1 Daytime Level 5 Helper -- 1 Daytime Level 1 Office Assistant -- 1 Daytime Level 1 Chief Chemist -- 1 Daytime Level 6 Assistant Chemist -- 1 Daytime Level 5 Sub-total 0 0 15 Reservoir/OHT Amalabisauni Worker&Guard 2 2 2Weekly substitute Level 1 Bindhabasini Worker&Guard 2 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Baldhara Worker&Guard 1 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Matepani OHT/Reservoir Operator 1 1 1 Patrol Level 1 Worker&Guard 1 1 1 Daytime Level 1 Bhote Khola Worker&Guard 1 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Prashyang (NEW) Worker&Guard - - 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Fulbari (NEW) Worker&Guard - - 0 Weekly substitute Level 1 Col Patan Chowk(NEW) Worker&Guard - - 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Sub-total 8 10 14 Deep Tube Well Fulbari Operator&Guard 2 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Ram Bazaar Operator 1 0 0 Daytime Level 1 Operator&Guard 1 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Rastra Bank Operator&Guard 1 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Amarsingh Operator&Guard 1 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Himali Tole(NEW) Operator&Guard - 2 2 Weekly substitute Level 1 Sub-total 6 10 10 Distribution Plumber 17 17 21 Daytime Level 1-3 Water Meter Meter Reader 16 16 20 Daytime Level 3 Meter Repair 5 5 5 Daytime Level 1-4 TOTAL 586895Increase of 27 staff Source: NWSC, JICA Survey Team NWSC shall change from the current live-in O&M arrangement to a weekly alternate shifting shared by the two workers. The figures highlighted with blue in Table 2-4-5 (Planned by NWSC) show that NWSC plans to employ an additional 10 staff. A total of 27 additional staff (highlighted with red in the table) are required for O&M of the newly constructed facilities; water supply facilities such as Grit chamber, sedimentation tank, WTP, reservoirs and distribution sub mains are going to be constructed in the Project. NWSC considers that it is possible to
2-141 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
obtain the new staff by means of personnel transfer within NWSC and/or external recruitment. However, since a soft component (training) on O&M of water supply facilities will be commenced from the construction stage, the Team shall inform NWSC of the timing of personnel assignment to the facilities in advance. The Exchange of Notes (E/N) shall be concluded tentatively in October 2016. The training shall start in January 2019 in 27 months after signing of E/N.
2-4-3 Job Descriptions on O&M of Water Supply Facilities
Technical training for new assigned staff of O&M of water supply facilities should be effectively implemented. The technical aspects of proposed job descriptions are shown in Table 2-4-6. The soft- component program should be prepared by the type of work and extent of responsibilities of the work.
Table 2-4-6 Job Descriptions on of New Staff of Water Supply Facilities (Technical Section only) Item Position and Obligation Main Job Description Pre- Treatment Plant A. Objective: Proper O&M and continuous and safe drinking 1-Operator (A. 2/5) water production 2-Worker & Guard (A. 5) 1. to monitor the components of water supply facilities and WTP Operation and Maintenance/Water Quality Quality Maintenance/Water and Operation WTP WTP function of each facility 1-WTP Manager (A 1-5) (B1/4/5) 2. to adequately set raw water volume to maintain required 6- Operator & Worker & Guard water production (A-3/4/5) 3. to operate slow sand filters and clean the filters to maintain 1-Maintenance (A 5) required water quality 1-Helper (A 3/4/5) 4. to control chlorination system to maintain clear water to 1-Office Assistant (A 5) drinking water standard 1-Chief Chemist (B 1 - 6) 5. to implement daily inspection and keep records of each 1-Assistant Chemist (B1-6) component of water supply facilities B. Objective: Proper water quality management through water treatment and distribution 1. to monitor and control water quality 2. to conduct water quality test 3. to set regular water quality monitoring points in the distribution networks 4. to monitor the components of (pre-) WTP and function of each facility 5. to set the water quality target at each treatment process 6. to check water quality on turbidity, color, pH and residual chlorine of each treatment process Distribution Section C. Objective: Proper O&M and efficient water supply 2-Operator (C 1-7) 1. to monitor the components of water distribution facilities Distribution System 2-Worker & Guard (C 1-7) and function of each facility Maintenance Maintenance 2. to maintain distributed water in the distribution networks 3. to adequately maintain water level in reservoir and overhead tank 4. to adequately monitor flow and pressure in the distribution system 5. to properly clean distribution pipes 6. to properly monitor water leakage 7. to operate valves to control water supply (time) Connections
evc Service Distribution Section D Objective: Proper installation of service connections and and Meter Reading Section reduction of water leakage 4-Plumber, Meter Repair (D 1/2) 1. to manage/control the boundary limit between public area 4-Meter Reader (C 3) and house-owners
2-142 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Item Position and Obligation Main Job Description 2. to adequately install service connections/customer meter 3. to adequately read customer meters
2-4-4 Challenges for O&M of the Water Supply Facilities in NWSC Pokhara Branch
Based on the site survey and capacity assessment of NWSC Pokhara Branch, the following challenges on O&M of the water supply facilities are required.
1) Development of manuals and Standard Operating Procedures on the O&M of the facilities 2) Installation of bulk meters to measure/grasp distributed water volume in water supply facilities. Development of regular inspection/preventive maintenance and recording, and implementation of regular water quality analysis 3) Conduct comprehensive training on O&M of facilities to NWSC staff, and augment site staff entailing the training for O&M of facilities, and accumulate the technical skills against personnel changes and retirements 4) Provide countermeasures against long power-cut and timely procurement of consumables for sustainable O&M of facilities
The following plans are proposed to tackle the above-mentioned challenges:
(1) Development of O&M Manuals and Preventive Maintenance There are no manuals including Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) on O&M of water supply facilities in NWSC Pokhara Branch. Therefore, it is necessary to produce them. It is proposed that these manuals with SOPs for O&M of the facilities are to be developed referring to the existing SOPs of the WASMIP1) (Water Supply Management Improvement Project) model which consists of O&M of WTP, water quality management, water distribution facilities maintenance and customer meter management. In addition, the target facilities of the soft component are shown in Table 2-4-7.
1) Source: The Project for Capacity Development on Water Supply in Semi-urban Areas, JICA, 2013, C/P: Ministry of Urban Development, Department of Water Supply and Sewerage. Table 2-4-7 SOP of WASMIP Model and Required Manuals/SOP WASMIP NWSC Pokhara Facility Soft Component Remarks Model Branch Intake Facility SOP Required Surface Water Source Raw/Clear Transmission SOP Required Pipe Aqueduct Bridge - Required NEW Grit Chamber, - Required Implementation NEW Sedimentation Tank Slow Sand Filter System SOP Required Implementation Overhead Tank SOP Required Implementation Reservoir - Required Implementation NEW Distribution (sub) Main SOP Required Implementation Customer Meter SOP Required
2-143 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
WASMIP NWSC Pokhara Facility Soft Component Remarks Model Branch Deep Tube Well Pump SOP Required Water Quality SOP Required Implementation Management
(2) Establishment of O&M System in NWSC Pokhara Branch After the development of O&M manuals/SOPs, the establishment of an O&M system is desirable for sustainability. Concrete plans are as given below.
Personnel assignment in each facility and formulation of job descriptions Development of inspection sheets for the facilities and implementation of regular inspections based on manuals and/or SOPs Implementation of troubleshooting for the facilities and reporting method to NWSC Pokhara Branch
Personnel changes, including retirement and resignations, are inevitable in an organization. Although technical skills transfer on O&M is provided to designated technicians, this skill set may not remain within NWSC due to personnel changes. Therefore, the impact personnel changes can be mitigated by use of the above works and rules. Table 2-4-8 shows proposed periodic inspections on O&M.
Table 2-4-8 Proposed Periodic Inspection Facility Frequency O&M Data Water Quality Main Inspection NWSC Report Intake Facility Daily Water Volume Required Removal garbage on NWSC Pokhara Screen, Concrete Branch shall receive reports crack from each facility Raw/Clear Transmission Monthly - - Valve working, and Pipe Leakage instruct/inspect on-site if Aqueduct Bridge Monthly - - Leakage necessary. Grit Chamber/ Daily Water Volume Required Concrete crack Sedimentation Tank WTP Daily Water Volume, Required Concrete crack (Slow Sand Filter Chlorine, System) Electricity Consumption Overhead Tank Daily Water Volume - Concrete crack Reservoir Daily Water Volume, Required Concrete crack, Chlorine, Chlorination Electricity equipment functioning Consumption Distribution Pipe Monthly - - Valve working, Washout opening, Leakage Customer Meter Periodic Water Volume Required Proper location, Working Deep Tube Well Pump Monthly Water Volume Required Leakage, Electrical board working
2-144 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
(3) Sustainable O&M of Water Supply Facilities Although the Soft Components, such as basic technical guidance, shall be implemented to make effective use of new water supply facilities and procured equipment in the Project, after the Soft Components, the following points are proposed for sustainable O&M
Utilization of Technical know-how on O&M of the Existing WTP (Slow Sand Filter Method) in Dhulabari WUSC in Jhapa District In Nepal, the slow sand filter system was adopted in the Dhulabari WTP in Jhapa district and the Bidur WTP in Nuwakot district. The Dhulabari WTP was constructed by Japan’s Grant Aid Project through JICA in 2007, and technical skill transfer on O&M and management was implemented over a 3 years and 9 months period, under JICA’s technical cooperation project (WASMIP) in Jhapa and Morang districts. Therefore, current knowledge and O&M practices in the Dhulabari WTP can also be used for the proposed WTP in Pokhara city. The referential points are as given below.
How to clean a screen (removing an impurity from a screen) Frequency of scraping a surface layer of sand filter in slow sand filter system (frequency of scraping shall be every three months per unit in the Project) O&M records
Operation policy against power shutdown In Pokhara city, load shedding for more than 8 hours per day throughout the year is normal, as mentioned in section 2-2-2-4 (2). In the Project, countermeasures for load shedding are necessary for equipment such as mixers for solution of a breeching powder and sand washer pumps. Both machines do not need to be operated for 24 hours a day, and they operate for a few hours per day as necessary by an operator who is permanently stationed at the WTP. In principle, the operator should avoid power shutdown time when operating the machines to reduce the fuel cost of a power generator.
If load shedding continues for most of the day and/or there is an unexpected power shutdown occurs during the plant operation, it may interfere with the water treatment process and its O&M. In these cases, the power generator shall be operated to avoid any power loss and subsequent impact on O&M.
Maintenance of consumable items on O&M The consumable items on O&M such as breeching powder, sand for filter and reagents for water quality tests should be procurable in Nepal to maintain sustainable O&M. Also, water quality analysis equipment needs to be calibrated periodically to measure operational values accurately. Each consumable item is procured and/or handled as follows:
The NWSC headquarters purchases the breeching powder collectively from World Health Organization (WHO), and NWSC provides the breeching powder for each branch office. The reagent purchase and equipment calibration shall be maintained by local suppliers. The sand for the filter shall be reused after washing removed sand by a sand washing machine. Supplemental sand shall be procured locally in the future.
2-145 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
(4) Necessity of the Technical Cooperation Project in Pokhara City In the Project, the soft component shall involve the training of staff in the Pokhara office on appropriate O&M of the new facilities and effective use of procured equipment. In the soft component, however, since implementation items are mainly four (O&M of WTP, O&M of distribution system, quality control of service connection installation and water quality analysis) and total training period shall be 10.5 months only, therefore, the soft component shall be the minimum necessary technical skill transfer to the C/P in order to make effective use of new water supply facilities and procured equipment. In Pokhara city, it is necessary to provide the soft component and also implement the technical cooperation project in order to improve the water supply service and management of the water business and provide a safe and sustainable water supply and appropriate O&M of the facilities. The timing of the technical cooperation project shall be further determined.
2-5 Project Cost Estimation
2-5-1 Initial Cost Estimation
As for the initial cost born by the Japanese side, it is confidential until the bidding for construction is carried out. Among the overall project costs, Nepalese side shall bear the costs partially according to the work sharing between both governments. Followings are the Project cost borne by Nepalese side.
(1) Project Cost Borne By Nepalese Side The Project cost borne by Nepalese side is estimated at approximately shown in Table below.
Table 2-5-1 Project Cost Borne by Nepalese Side Cost No. Items Deadline In charge Qty. Ref. （NPR） within To open Bank Account (Banking 1 1 month after NWSC 1 - Arrangement (B/A)) G/A
2 To approve IEE/EIA NWSC 1 - before notice of 3 To implement EIA the tender NWSC 1 - document
Before the Tender To secure the following lands 1) Proposed construction site 1 (Lahachowk district) tentatively 2) Access road to proposed before notice of estimated 250,000,000 construction site 1 the tender 4 3) Proposed construction site 4 document NWSC 1 *1) (to be determined within 6 months (Hemja district) by Land after G/A 4) Access road to proposed Evaluation construction site 4 Committee) 5) Three sites owned by Pokhara Sub- Metropolitan City before notice To obtain the necessary permission, such NWSC 5 of the tender 1 as planning, zoning, building permit - document etc. Total 250,000,000
2-146 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Cost No. Items Deadline In charge Qty. Ref. （NPR） To bear the following commissions to a approximately bank of Japan for the banking services NWSC 1 accumulated to based upon the B/A 5,000,000 within 1 1 month after 1) Advising commission of A/P the singing of the contract 2) Payment commission for A/P every payment To ensure prompt unloading and
customs clearance in recipient country 2 Custom clearance 1) Tax exemption and customs clearance during the NWSC 1 fee will be borne *2) of the products Project by NWSC To accord Japanese nationals whose services may be required in connection with the supply of the products and the services under the verified contract such during the 3 NWSC 1 - facilities as may be necessary for their Project entry into the recipient country and stay therein for the performance of their work To ensure that customs duties, internal taxes and other fiscal levies which may
During the Project Implementation be imposed in the country of the Recipient with respect to the purchase of *2) the Products and/or the Services will be exempted /be borne by its designated 4 authority without using a Grant Aid; during the 1) Import Tax NWSC - - Project during the 2) VAT NWSC - - Project during the 3) Corporate Tax/Personal Income Tax NWSC - - Project To bear all the expenses, other than those to be borne by a Grant Aid, necessary for construction of the 5 facilities as well as for the transportation and installation of the equipment during the 9,000 Install a New Water Meter NWSC 4,100,000 Project pcs To construct access roads 1) Outside the site For grit chamber/sedimentation tank site, NWSC shall complete the paved roads 3 months before the completion of the Project which Access road to 6 before proposed is constructed by the Japanese side as completion of NWSC 1 28,800,000 temporary roads. the construction (For WTP site, Japanese side will construction site 1. construct temporary roads and paved roads in accordance with the installation of raw water transmission pipe.) To provide facilities for the distribution of electricity, water supply, drainage 7 and other incidental facilities 1) Electricity
2-147 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Cost No. Items Deadline In charge Qty. Ref. （NPR） before start of Power The distributing line to the site 1 5,200,000 the construction company 2) Others during the NWSC 1 Gate、Fence、Furniture 3,200,000 Project within 3 months after the signing of
During the Project Implementation （ ） 3) Land Tenancy Material yard the construction NWSC 1.5ha 3,300,000 contract 8 during the House Connection Works NWSC 1 21,000,000 Project every 3 To submit project monitoring report to 9 months during NWSC 1 - JICA Nepal Office the Project Personnel Expenses（Increase of 27 during the 10 NWSC 1 - *3) Staff） Project To obtain all the necessary permission Contractor will during the pay road 11 for pipe laying from the relevant NWSC 1 Project reconstruction authorities cost. To notify and coordinate project during the 12 information to the relevant authorities NWSC 1 Project and residents Total 70,600,000 To maintain and use properly and effectively the facilities constructed and equipment provided under a Grant Aid after completion After the Project Project the After 1 1) Allocation of maintenance cost of the NWSC 1 20,473,241 construction 2) Operation and maintenance structure 3) Routine check/Periodic inspection after completion 2 Monitoring of Effectiveness Indicator of the NWSC 1 - construction Awareness Activities on Water Supply after completion 3 of the NWSC 1 - Service Improvement construction Total 20,473,241 *1): Under negotiation with the landowner and confirmation is expected around July 2016. *2): Under a Grant Aid project, NWSC will follow the rule of the GoN. *3): The cost is included in Item 1 of “After the Project”.
(2) Assumption of Cost Estimation Estimation： As of September 2015 Exchange Rate： 1 USD ＝108.19 JPY, 1 NPR ＝ 1.02 JPY
2-5-2 Operation and Maintenance Costs
Operation and Maintenance Costs The estimated O&M costs in the target year of 2025 and in the operation start year of 2020 are shown in
2-148 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-5-2. Price escalations are assumed as 32.3% in 2020 and 81.6% in 2025 from 2015 respectively (estimated value based the IMF data) for cost estimation purposes. As a result, the increase of the Projected O&M costs in 2020 and 2025 are 20,473,241 NPR/year and 28,102,347 NPR/year respectively.
Table 2-5-2 Expected O&M Costs in the Project O&M Cost （NPR/Year） Cost Items Calculation 2020 2025 (Operation Start) (Target Year) Pre-Treatment, WTP, 3 New Reservoirs, 1. Personnel Distribution Section, and Meter Reading Section: 8,302,700 11,396,601 Expenses Total 27 staff 2. Chemical Costs Consumed bleaching powder: 240kg/day 3,940,423 5,408,774 3. Electricity Pre-Treatment, WTP, 2 existing Reservoirs, 1,312,416 1,801,472 Providing 5% of mechanical/electrical equipment 4. Equipment Repair costs such as sand washing machine, chlorine 4,231,219 5,807,931 Costs dosing equipment and generator 5. Office Expenses, Communication Providing 15% of personnel expenses, chemical 2,668,014 3,662,217 Expenses and costs, electricity and equipment repair costs Consumable Costs Water quality analysis costs not including 6. Water Quality Test 18,469 25,351 NWSC laboratory Total 20,473,241 28,102,347 1) The chemical reagents costs for water quality tests are included at NWSC Pokhara Branch
Financial Conditions of NWSC and Operation & Maintenance Costs of the Project (1) Financial Conditions of NWSC The financial statements of NWSC from 2011/12 to 2013/14 are given below. The 2013/14 financial statements are the latest record available because the 2014/15 statements have not been prepared as of August, 2015.
NWSC Balance Sheet The balance sheets for NWSC for the last four years are shown in the table below.
Table 2-5-3 NWSC Balance Sheets for the Last Four Years (‘000 NPR.) Items 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 Assets Fixed Assets Fixed Assets 1,209,911 1,662,608 1,782,987 1,882,433 Total Fixed Assets 1,662,608 1,782,987 1,882,433 Current Assets Bank & Cash Balance 432,207 395,221 399,976 370,357 Receivables 276,402 305,410 351,363 368,931 Advance & Deposit 31,861 41,507 41,383 43,452 Life Insurance Fund 9,000 15,323 9,000 9,000 Stock Inventories 139,212 143,767 166,453 174,776 Total Current Assets 901,228 968,176 966,516 Total Assets 2,563,836 2,751,162 2,848,949
2-149 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Items 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 Liabilities Long Term Loan 1,296,981 1,476,981 1,702,632 1,968,694 Current Liabilities 896,342 964,164 1,075,544 929,163 Total Liabilities 2,441,145 2,778,176 2,897,857 Equity Capital and Fund 845,712 845,712 470,054 845,712 (Transferred Assets) Capital Reserve Fund 105,028 104,888 105,097 104,958 (Granted Assets) Accumulated Loss -669,881 -828,049 -977,684 -999,508 Total Equity 122,691 -27,014 -48,908 Total Liabilities and Equity 2,563,836 2,751,162 2,848,949 Source: NWSC Capital and Fund include the transferred assets from Nepal Government (DWSS). The Capital Reserve Fund relates to the assets granted by the local governments, JICA, etc. Long Term Loan is the loan for facility investment from Nepal Government and the loan from World Bank, which was lent to Nepal Government around 15 years ago and has been paid off by Government. Current Liabilities include account payable, interest payable, reserve for gratuity, reserve for bad debt, deposit of new customers, etc. Liabilities exceeds the assets and long term loan has been increasing every year due to the loan for facility investment from GoN. In order to improve the insolvency, NWSC should concentrate on making the best efforts to improve the Net Income as well as the Operating Income based on the annual financial basis.
NWSC’s Income and Expenditure Statement NWSC’s income and expenditure statements for the last four years are shown in the table below.
Table 2-5-4 NWSC Balance Sheets for the Last Four Years (‘000 NPR.) Items 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 Operating Income Water Charge Revenue 290,752 273,795 349,833 470,374 Other Income 57,816 45,155 57,349 47,273 Total Operating Income 318,950 407,182 517,647 Operating Expenses Production 114,332 121,761 127,428 127,098 Distribution 47,070 46,808 55,206 55,020 Quality Control 3,947 3,761 3,599 3,250 Customer’s Account 46,789 44,995 51,348 52,597 Administrative Expenses 88,307 87,811 105,603 101,037 Provision for Bad Debt Reserve 3,541 2,901 4,595 4,800 Provision for Gratuity Reserve 177,882 62,711 106,651 90,000 Fund Provision for Life Insurance Fund 298 4,477 -508 400
2-150 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Items 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 Depreciation 54,892 42,509 43,940 45,038 Depreciation Transferred from -70 -70 -70 -70 Capital Reserved Total Operating Expenses 417,662 497,792 479,170 Operating Loss -98,713 -90,610 38,477 Non-operating Expenses Stock Sale Expenditure 1,471 672 242 300 Interest Expense 55,331 58,783 58,783 60,000 Total Non-operating Expenses 59,455 59,025 60,300 Net Loss -158,168 -149,635 -21,823 Source: NWSC Other Income includes new contract fee and overdue charge. Production, distribution, quality control and administrative expenses covers personnel costs, the operating and maintenance costs as well as the consumable goods expenses for each section. Operating income significantly increased in 2014 from the previous year because of raising water charge. It also resulted in regaining profitability in operating loss.
NWSC Cash Flow Statement NWSC’s cash flow statements for the last three years are shown in the table below.
Table 2-5-5 NWSC Cash Flow Statement (‘000 NPR.) Items 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 I Cash Flows from Operating Activities Net Loss -245,221 -158,168 -149,635 Depreciation 54,892 42,509 43,940 Adjustments to Depreciation -70 -70 -70 Increase in Interest Payable 45,331 58,783 58,783 Increase in Bad Debt Reserve 3,541 2,901 4,595 Increase in Reserve for Employees’ Retirement Benefits 177,882 62,711 106,651 Decrease in Reserve for Employees’ Retirement Benefits -32,836 -38,493 -67,957 Increase in Life Insurance Reserve Fund 298 4,477 -508 Decrease in Life Insurance Reserve Fund -3,015 -3,530 -4,967 Increase (Decrease) in Receivables -35,407 -29,008 -45,953 Increase (Decrease) in Advanced Expense 214 -9,646 6,447 Decrease (Increase) in Inventories 13,753 -4,555 -22,687 Increase (Decrease) in Current Liabilities 24,265 -19,028 35,197 Cash Flows from 3,625 -91,116 -36,163 Operating Activities
2-151 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Items 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 II Cash Flows from Investing Activities Increase (Decrease) in Fixed -154,488 -119,547 -8,760 Asset Cash Flows from Investing -154,488 -119,547 -8,760 Activities III Cash Flows from Financing Activities Increase in Loan from Nepal 190,000 180,000 225,651 Government Cash Flows from Financing 190,000 180,000 225,651 Activities Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash 39,137 -30,663 180,729 Cash at the Beginning of the 393,065 432,202 401,539 Period Cash at the End of the Period 432,202 401,539 582,267 Source: NWSC Advanced Expenses in the cash flow statement includes pre-paid salary and advance payment to contractors. The amounts of Increase in Loan from GoN for each year are recognized as the governmental subsidiary, because NWSC does not repay the principal of that loan. The shortage in cash flow shall be covered by that loan, but NWSC does not refund the balance when the loan amount exceeds the cash shortage.
Income of NWSC Pokhara Branch The revenue of NWSC Pokhara Branch for the last three years is shown in the table below.
Table 2-5-6 Income of NWSC Pokhara Branch (‘000 NPR.) Item 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 Supply Water Charge 82,621.00 118,810.00 - Revenue Other Revenue (New contract fee, 11,804.00 7,645.00 - overdue charge, etc.) Total Operating 94,425.00 126,455.00 180,205.00 Revenue Source: NWSC Pokhara Branch The breakdown of the operating revenue in 2014/15 is not specified because it has not been reported as of August, 2015. NWSC’s water tariff changed on 13th February, 2015, therefore the tariff rate before and after that date differs.
Operating Expenses of NWSC Pokhara Branch The operating expenses of NWSC Pokhara Branch for the last three years are shown in the table below.
Table 2-5-7 Operating Expenses of NWSC Pokhara Branch (‘000 NPR.) Items 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 Personnel Costs 24,960 26,816 27,176 Pump and Machinery 787 1,647 1,164 Maintenance
2-152 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Items 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 Pipeline Maintenance 6,095 6,460 7,034 Chemical 87 195 136 Fuel for Vehicles 501 425 499 Fuel for Others 7 15 3 Power 3,220 2,942 2,944 Vehicle Maintenance 385 312 326 Building Maintenance 393 582 675 Stationary 1,763 2,441 2,339 Newspapers 16 10 11 Communication 547 717 1,033 Service Rent of Real Estate 0 0 60 Contingency 276 282 278 Other Consumable 226 292 295 Goods Tanker Operation 1,192 484 525 Business Promotion 0 266 198 Total 40,457 43,887 44,697
Source: NWSC Pokhara Branch In NWSC Pokhara Branch, personnel related costs account for over 60% of all operating expenses every year. The budget allocation for each branch office is determined based on a proposal prepared by each branch around June. Though NWSC’s fiscal year starts on July, the decision on budget allocation is delayed until around September every year. In addition, while the water tariff revenue of Pokhara Branch accounts for 30-40% of all operating revenue for NWSC, the operating budget allocated to the Pokhara Branch is only around 10% of all NWSC’s operating expenses. The budget for facility investment varies year to year, from around 2% to 36% of all NWSC budget. After the commencement of the Project, the items of O&M borne by NWSC shall be categorized into the Personnel Cost, Pump and Machinery Maintenance, Pipeline Maintenance, Chemical, Power and so on.
(2) Financial Problems in NWSC Excessive Debt As indicated by the minus figure in the net assets on the balance sheet, which is due to accumulated losses over previous years, NWSC is currently in excessive debt. To clear it, NWSC should improve their financial condition to turn the current balance into a surplus and to accumulate profit, or receive debt relief. The debt includes a loan for facility investment from Nepal Government (200 million NPR. every year, 5% annual interest rate) and WB loan through Nepal Government (around 143 million NPR, 1.5% annual interest rate). The creditor for both of these debts is Nepal Government, and MoWSS have said they have no plan to write off this debt at present, even though it may be possible to negotiate a waiver in the future. Therefore, NWSC is under an obligation to pay these debts off. Currently, there is no official repayment plan and NWSC repay some of the money they owe only when they have a surplus but in the future, NWSC needs to improve
2-153 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
their financial situation and a plan should be drawn up and followed to pay off some of the debts on an annual basis.
Operational profit turned into a positive balance in 2014/15 since the water charge was raised significantly in 2014 for elimination of deficit. It is necessary to continue to look at both income increase and cost reduction. In relation to cost reduction, a breakdown of NWSC’s operating expenses is as follows: personnel costs account for over 50% of all operating expenses every year, followed by electricity charges (around 20%)and O&M costs for facilities ( around 10%). In regards to personnel costs, NWSC currently faces a shortage in manpower, so staff downsizing or reduction in salary costs are not realistic measures. Given the expected growth in facility investment and facilities granted by donors, electricity charges and O&M costs are likely to increase in the future. Therefore, it may be more beneficial to look at revenue increase in the current circumstances. The details of possible revenue increase measures are discussed below.
Increase in Water Charge Revenue Although NWSC’s water tariff revenue tends to grow year by year, the growth rate has not kept up with operating expenses, which have been rising with inflation. The gap between revenues and expenses greatly influences the financial status of NWSC, and measures to increase revenue should be looked into in order to improve NWSC’s financial status. Specific methods for increasing revenue are as follows.
a) Raise the water tariff b) Increase water supply in big cities c) Improve water tariff collection rate d) Leakage reduction and accurate meter reading for billing (reduction of UFW)
As for a), the water tariff in NWSC’s area was approximately doubled in 2014 and planned to be raised again in 2017. It is required to seek a possibility of farther raise in future as well considering financial state of NWSC and paying capacity of household living in the NWSC’s area. a): Since NWSC’s water tariff rate increased last year to approximately double the previous tariff, no further change is planned for at least the next few years. However, taking into consideration NWSC’s financial situation and current affordable household rate in the NWSC jurisdiction area, a tariff hike needs to be considered in the future. b): Whilst the level of service NWSC provides in small cities is relatively good, they have been losing revenue opportunity in big cities such as Pokhara city, Nepalgundi, Dharan and Banepa due to an inability to supply enough water to meet demand. An increase in water supply in Pokhara city, the biggest city under NWSC jurisdiction, would be hugely beneficial financially for NWSC. Water facility improvement projects are also planned in other big cities, for example, the government project in Nepalgundi, and the ADB projects in Dharan and Banepa. c): Although a high percentage of money owed is collected by the various branches, with Pokhara Branch attaining around a 90% rate, these could be improved. The current collection method involves NWSC only sending a demand letter to customers who haven’t paid. A more effective method should be introduced, such as meter reading staff collecting money owed in person.
2-154 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
d): Revenue opportunity losses mainly relate to water leakage in the pipeline and broken water meters in houses. In the Pokhara Branch jurisdiction area, 30% of installed water meters have been damaged and most have not been repaired because customers have to bear the repair costs. Where meters are broken, customers are charged a flat rate by NWSC, which is determined by meter reading staff, taking into consideration the number of people living in a household. However, there is doubt that a flat rate accurately reflects the consumption volume of each household.
(In the table of NWSC water tariff, there is the billing rate set for the consumer with a fault water meter. However, according to the result of hearing survey to NWSC and social conditions survey, there seems to be many cases that actual billing amount to consumers is different from the one mentioned on the tariff table even though their water meters are out of order.)
The potential revenue from water supplied in the area covered by Pokhara Branch (54,120m3/day) can be roughly estimated at 435million NPR.1 annually. That is much greater than the revenue of 2014/15 (165million NPR). It implies that there is a huge revenue opportunity losses in Pokhara Branch relate to facility defects.
(3) The Forecast for an Assurance of the Project O&M Costs All O&M costs associated with the Project will be borne by NWSC. Currently, the budget for O&M expenses is allocated to branches by the central office, the same as with other expenses. The total O&M related costs currently account for around 15-20% of all NWSC operating expenses. Table 2-5-8 shows the total of O&M related costs in NWSC and specifically for Pokhara Branch in 2012/13 and 2013/14.
Table 2-5-8 Annual O&M Costs in NWSC (NPR.) Annual O&M Costs in NWSC 2012/13 2013/14 NWSC Total 91,193,595 90,861,245 (Pokhara Branch) （11,475,607） （12,578,047） (% of Pokhara Branch of NWSC Total （12.6%） （13.8%） O&M Cost)
Estimated annual O&M costs for each year associated with the Project are as shown in Table 2-5-9.
1 (54,120m3/day×30day－54 m3/month（monthly average usage volume of government customer）×591（No.of government customer）－ 33,932（No. of private customer）×10 m3（basic rate volume)×25NPR.（meter rate per 1 m3）＝31,309,150 NPR. 31,309,150NPR.+ 33,932×110NPR.＝35,041,670NPR. （35,041,670NPR. +2,000（monthly average water charge of government customer）×591）×12 months＝434,684,040 NPR.
2-155 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Table 2-5-9 Estimated Annual O&M Costs associated with the Project (2019-2025) (NPR.)
Items 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total of O&M Cost 20,473,241 21,812,116 23,238,548 24,758,264 26,758,264 28,102,347 Source: JICA Survey Team Increased annual revenue as a result of the Project is estimated at 58 million NPR2, so the additional O&M costs incurred by the Project can be covered by the revenue increase. However, NWSC run at continuous current account deficit and recently there has been a negative cash flow (While the operating balance has recorded a surplus in FY 2014 thanks to the price increase of the water charge.) Along with the Project implementation, continuous financial improvement measures are required to avoid the risk of NWSC’s financial situation deteriorating further and the budget allocation from the central office to branches being stacked. A specific financial risk assumed is degradation of cash flow caused by the following factors:
a) Accumulated deficit b) Reduction/abolition of the government loan and starting repayment of loan interest
In relation to a), it is necessary to take measures to increase the operating revenue (refer to 2-5-2-1(3)). In relation to b), NWSC should take action to retain the provision of government loans at least for some time yet. The government has ordered NWSC submit an operating plan to improve its management as a condition of being able to continue with the loan for facility investment. Therefore, NWSC should prepare a realistic operating plan as soon as possible to improve their business. NWSC does not evaluate the cost effectiveness of facility investment, so it is recommended that NWSC estimate the cost-benefit performance of each facility to be invested in and explain it to the government. In addition, there is the difference between the amount of actual investment and the amount of loan received from the government. From now on, the facility investment should be carried out accurately based on the budget. It may result in temporary deterioration in cash flow but assessing the accurate financial conditions of NWSC is the first step in improving its management. In terms of loan repayment, repaying 5% of accumulated debt annually would appear difficult and therefore it would be desirable for NWSC to assess what is affordable annually and then obtain agreement from the government about a realistic repayment plan once their financial prospects appear to be improving.
Estimation of Pokhara Branch Financial Statements and Future Forecasting Water Supply Management Board Act (2006) regulates that water supply services of all cities shall be transferred to Water Supply Management Board of each city in the future. In this Chapter, assuming the water supply service in Pokhara Branch will be financially independent in the future, we projected the future financial condition of Pokhara Branch and assessed the impact the Project may have on the
2 (31,928m3/day (estimated supply water volume per day after the Project)-21,900m3/day (current supply water volume))*30＝ 300,840m3/month (increase supply water volume per month) 50,122-34,523=15,599 (increased No. of Tap after the Project) 300,840m3/month- 15,599*10m3 (water usage volume for basic rate for Tap increase)＝144,850 m3 (water usage volume for meter rate for Tap increase) (144,850 m3*25NPR.(meter rate per 1m3)+15,599*110NPR.(basic rate per 1Tap)*0.9*12=57,641,112NPR.
2-156 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
provisional financial statement (income and expenditure statement and cash flow statement). The conditions used to estimate the provisional financial statements are described in the following section.
(1) Income and Expenditure Statement and Cash Flow Statement of Pokhara Branch (Provisional) and Estimating Conditions Basis of Estimation Data of operating revenue/expenditure is based on the financial reports of Pokhara Branch.
Bad debt reserve, provision for bad debt reserve, stock sale expenditure, receivables, advanced expenses, inventory, current liabilities are based on the branch data of NWSC financial statements.
Branch-wise data for Gratuity reserve fund, provision of gratuity reserve fund, life insurance fund and payment of life insurance do not exist, therefore the data for Pokhara Branch is assumed by the proportionate values using percentage of No. of staff.
Branch-wise data for increase and decrease in fixed assets, depreciation, interest expense, loan from Nepal Government do not exist, therefore the data for Pokhara Branch is estimated by the average of the values of (Pokhara Branch facility investment cost/total facility investment cost of NWSC) in 2011-2013.
Estimated Income and Expenditure Statement and Cash Flow Statement of Pokhara Branch (2013/14) The estimated results of 2013/14 income and expenditure statement and cash flow statement of Pokhara Branch are as follows. Note) Income and Expenditure Statement and Cash Flow Statement of Pokhara Branch presented in the following chapters are estimated only as a reference for the financial effectiveness of the Project in Pokhara Branch and the forecast of future financial conditions of Pokhara Branch after the Project. Those are estimated under the assumption that Pokhara Branch will be financially independent, hence, they are not official financial statements of NWSC, nor do they denote the current or future financial conditions of Pokhara Branch accurately.
Table 2-5-10 Estimated Income and Expenditure Statement of Pokhara Branch (2013/14) (‘000 NPR.) Items 2013/14 Operating Income Water Charge Revenue 118,810 Other Income 7,645 Total Operating Income 126,455 Operating Expenses Personnel Costs 26,816 Pump and Machinery Maintenance 1,647 Pipeline Maintenance 6,460 Chemical 195 Fuel for Vehicles 425 Fuel for Others 15 Power 2,942 Vehicle Maintenance 312 Building Maintenance 582
2-157 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Items 2013/14 Stationary 2,441 Newspapers 10 Communication Service 717 Rent of Real Estate 0 Contingency 282 Other Consumable Goods 292 Tanker Operation 484 Business Promotion 266 Provision for Bad Debt Reserve 1,344 Provision for Gratuity Reserve 15,260 Fund Provision for Life Insurance Fund -73 Depreciation 21,531 Depreciation Transferred from -34 Capital Reserved Total Operating Expense 81,916 Operating Profit 44,539 Non-operating Expense Stock Sale Expenditure 8 Interest Expense 28,804 Total Non-operating Expense 28,812 Net Profit 15,727 Source: JICA Survey Team
Table 2-5-11 Estimated Cash Flow Statement of Pokhara Branch (2013/14) (‘000 NPR.) Items 2013/14 I Cash Flows from Operating Activities Net Loss 15,727 Depreciation 21,531 Adjustments to Depreciation -34 Increase in Interest Payable 28,804 Increase in Bad Debt Reserve 1,344 Increase in Reserve for Employees’ 15,260 Retirement Benefits Decrease in Reserve for Employees’ -9,724 Retirement Benefits Increase in Life Insurance Reserve Fund -73 Decrease in Life Insurance Reserve Fund -711 Increase (Decrease) in Receivables -13,445 Increase (Decrease) in Advanced Expense 4,188 Decrease (Increase) in Inventories 13 Increase (Decrease) in Current Liabilities 12,572 Cash Flows from Operating Activities 75,453 II Cash Flows from Investing Activities
2-158 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Items 2013/14 Increase (Decrease) in Fixed Asset3 -72,231 Cash Flows from Investing Activities -72,231 III Cash Flows from Financing Activities Increase in Loan from Nepal Government 4,630 Cash Flows from Financing Activities 4,630 Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash (I＋II＋III) 7,852 Source: JICA Survey Team
(2) Study on Future Water Tariff Scenario of Pokhara Branch Water tariff scenarios considered to estimate the future financial statements of Pokhara Branch are as follows. Table 2-5-12 Water Tariff Scenarios Scenario I Current Tariff is used throughout the assessment period Water tariff is doubled from 2019 (Basic rate: 220NPR/tap/month, Scenario II specific rate per m3 over 10 m3: 50 NPR/m3/month) 2.4 times water tariff from 2019 (Basic rate:264NPR/tap/month, Scenario III specific rate per m3 over 10 m3: 60 NPR/m3/month) 1.7 times water tariff from 2019 (Basic rate:187NPR/tap/month, Scenario IV specific rate per m3 over 10 m3: 42.5 NPR/m3/month) 1.16 times water tariff from 2019 (Basic rate:127.6 NPR/tap/month, Scenario V specific rate per m3 over 10 m3: 29 NPR/m3/month) 1.62 times water tariff from 2019 (Basic rate:178.2NPR/tap/month, Scenario VI specific rate per m3 over 10 m3: 40.5 NPR/m3/month) Source: JICA Survey Team Scenario III is considered to make the cash flow balance positive in 2019, and Scenario IV is considered to make it positive in 2025, the target year. Scenario V is settled to make the current balance positive in 2025, and Scenario VI is to make minimum cash flow in 2025, the target year. Also as shown in Table 2-5-16, Scenario IV will be positive for the Net Income and cash flow in 2025. To examine the Projection, by back analysis 2025/2026 breakeven for Net Income and Cash flow respectively, the minimum water tariffs are estimated.
Reference Values Average payable water tariff for a household in the service area of Pokhara Branch is estimated as follows:
Table 2-5-13 Average Payable Water Tariff for a Household in Pokhara Branch Jurisdiction Area (a) Monthly average household expenditure in Pokhara Branch NPR 38,925.53 (obtained by social conditions survey) (b) Payable water tariff estimated by customers’ income level (Month) NPR 1,557 ((a) *4%) Source: JICA Survey Team
3 Extension work of pipeline, intake weir repayment, well drilling, etc.
2-159 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
(a) is monthly average household expenditure, equivalent to monthly average household income for 421 households obtained by social conditions survey.
(b) is estimated with reference to WB criteria in which the ratio of generally payable water charge to household income is set at 4% of monthly average household income.
Current water tariff for a 1/2 ” connection with average family member of 4.79 persons, average daily water consumption of 130 L/capita/day consumes 18.7m3/month and it costs 327NPR /month. It is much less than the above payable water tariff. This amount will fall into the range from 50 to 1000 NPR from the social conditions survey. (Appendix 6-9)
Conditions of Financial Forecast a) Inflation rate (the average value of IMF data from 2000-2013) 6.8% b) Facility investment covered by NWSC is estimated as shown in the following table.
Table 2-5-14 Facility Investment Covered by NWSC Detail Facilities Roughly Estimated Year of Construction Costs Implementation Facilities to be 18.3 million NPR/year Every year after Constructed by Pokhara Pipeline Extension 2km/year (multiple the average inflation rate 2015 till 2025 Branch (NWSC) in the (6.8% every year) after 2015) Future Two WTPs 122 million NPR (Total) 2020 Facilities to be Gates and Fences 3.2 million NPR (Total) 2020 Constructed by Pokhara Power Receiving Equipment 5.2 million NPR (Total) 2020 Branch (NWSC) around the time of the Project Others (construction road in outer 400 million NPR (Total) 2020 implementation areas, connection of pipeline) Source: JICA Survey Team c) Planned No. of newly installed and replaced meters covered by NWSC.
Table 2-5-15 Planned No. of Newly Installed and Replaced Meters Covered by NWSC Cost and Revenue Rough Calculation Time of Implementation Annual Procurement Cost of 1,804 NPR (meter procurement unit cost)×2,350 Every Year after 2015 till meters (quota for Pokhara Branch)=approximately Meters (unit cost×No.) 2025 4.2 million NPR (annual procurement cost) Expected Annual Revenue by 2,074 NPR (unit sales price of meter)×(1,200 Every Year after 2015 meters (newly installed)+800 meters Meter Sales (replaced))=approximately 4.1 million NPR (expected annual revenue by meter sales) Source: JICA Survey Team d) O&M costs for the Project are shown in Table 2-5-9 e) Land acquisition costs for the Project are estimated at NPR 250,000,000. f) Loan from the government from 2013 to 2020: it is assumed that 61% is covered by the loan from the government. g) Loan from the government after 2020: it is assumed that no loan is provided by the government. h) Repayment of the loan from the government is not considered.
2-160 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
(3) Forecast of Income and Expenditure Statement and Cash Flow Statement of Pokhara Branch till 2025 (for each Scenario) The estimated results of future income and expenditure statement and cash flow statement of Pokhara Branch till 2025 (for each scenario) are as follows:
Table 2-5-16 Financial Estimated Results by Water Tariff Scenario (‘000 NPR) 2019/20 Scenario 2013/14 (Year of the Project 2025/26 Completion) Scenario I：Current tariff is used Income and Operating Revenue 126,455 259,737 283,350 Expenditure Statement Net Balance 15,727 60,028 -20,506 Cash Flow Net Increase (Decrease) 7,852 -314,875 -140,197 Statement in Cash Scenario II：Water tariff is doubled from 2020 Income and Operating Revenue 126,455 479,840 522,833 Expenditure Net Balance 15,727 280,131 218,977 Statement Cash Flow Net Increase (Decrease) 7,852 -94,772 99,285 Statement in Cash Scenario III：2.4 times water tariff from 2020
Income and Operating Revenue 126,455 574,979 581,610 Expenditure Statement Net Balance 15,727 375,269 277,754 Cash Flow Net Increase 7,852 367 158,062 Statement (Decrease) in Cash Scenario IV：1.7 times water tariff from 2020 Income and Operating Revenue 126,455 408,486 445,030 Expenditure Net Balance 15,727 208,777 141,174 Statement Cash Flow Net Increase 7,852 -166,125 21,483 Statement (Decrease) in Cash Scenario V：1.16 times water tariff from 2019
Income and Operating Revenue 126,455 280,049 304,985 Expenditure Net Balance 15,727 80,340 1,129 Statement Cash Flow Net Increase (Decrease) 7,852 -294,562 -118,562 Statement in Cash Scenario VI：1.62 times water tariff from 2019 Income and Operating Revenue 126,455 389,459 424,283 Expenditure Net Balance 15,727 189,749 120,427 Statement Cash Flow Net Increase (Decrease) 7,852 -185,153 735 Statement in Cash Source: JICA Survey Team
2-161 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
As described above, Scenario III is considered so as to make the cash flow balance positive in 2019 when facility investment within Pokhara Branch is at its peak. At below 2.3 times the current rate, the cash flow balance in 2019 is negative. Scenario IV is considered so as to make the cash flow balance positive in 2025 when facility investment within Pokhara Branch is at its peak. At below 1.6 times the current rate, the cash flow balance in 2025 is negative. Scenario V is settled to make the current balance positive in 2025, and Scenario VI is to make minimum cash flow in 2025, the target year. Refer to Annex A-9 for the details of estimation for each scenario.
In addition, an average payable water tariff for a household at the time of tariff increase for each scenario is estimated as follows.
Table 2-5-17 Average Payable Water Tariff for Household for each Scenario Water Tariff Scenario Scenario I Scenario II Scenario III Scenario IV Scenario V Scenario VI Estimated Average Water Tariff for Household in 3104 620 744 496 360 502 2020 (NPR)
Source: JICA Survey Team
The average water tariffs in Scenario I to VI are below the average payable water tariff for household (NPR 1,557) in Table 2-5-13, although they are the values as of 2015. Assumed from the average income of households in Pokhara Branch jurisdiction area, the tariff increases (maximum 2.4 times more than the current rate) assumed in each scenario are considered payable for the households in Pokhara city. Also the low income households gaining 50% income of the average are still considered to be payable, because the water tariff is less than 4% of the monthly income.
Suggestions and Recommendation s for NWSC’s Water Tariffs In this Chapter, we will present suggestions and recommendations for NWSC’s future water tariff.
Recommendation- 1 Currently, NWSC only revise the water tariff when in deficit. As a result, it is difficult to obtain consent from stakeholders, such as consumers and WSTFC, to raise the tariff and this eventually results in a negative spiral in which revising the tariff takes a long time and NWSC cannot get enough funds to invest in management. To stabilize the management of NWSC, it is necessary to revise the tariff based on the realistic mid- and long-term plan. Firstly NWSC should spend on facilities and their maintenance costs to increase the capacity of water supply so as to increase their income. The tariff revision should be applied based on a mid- and long-term plan which must answer the following: how much should be invested and for what kind of facilities to gain the funds for it, how much the tariff must be raised and how much income will increase from it. Experience in Japan shows that it is easier to obtain understanding from stakeholders if the tariff revision is carried out in accordance with the mid- and long-term management plans.
4 921,812m3(estimated supply water volume after the Project (month))÷50,122≒18m3（Average usage volume per Tap (month) )=110 NPR(basic rate)+(18 m3-10 m3 (water usage volume for basic rate))*25 NPR(meter rate per m3)=310 NPR
2-162 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter2 Contents of the Project
Recommendation- 2 It is necessary to consider the introduction of flexible tariff methods, such as different tariffs for different types of customers (business, industrial, etc.) and by volume of water consumed. If the tariff for business operators is set higher than that for general households, income revenue can be increased without increasing tariff for general customers. With adopting the tariff method, automatically the average water charge of households in big cities will be higher than that in small cities by adoption of the different tariff by the types of customers. If the step-up tariff is adopted, in which the unit price goes up as the volume of water used increases, it would contribute to water-saving. With rising of tariff, it is necessary to study on the discount scheme for the poverty people at the same time.
Recommendation- 3 In 2-5-2-3 Estimation of Pokhara Branch Financial Statements and Future Forecasting, the water tariff is projected assuming the financial independence of Pokhara Branch, and the results presented in Table 2- 5-16 Financial Estimated Results by Water Tariff Scenario, indicate that if the water tariff continues to remain at the current level in the future, the financial conditions will decline even in Pokhara Branch, where the financial situation is far better than NWSC as a whole. To keep the business stable until 2025, it is necessary to increase the current tariff by at least 1.7 times in 2020. However, the estimation of Scenario IV indicates that the tariff should be raised again after 2025 to ensure stable financial condition.
Recommendation - 4 The fixed asset list needs to be reproduced. Presently the NWSC fixed asset list is managed in the central office and depreciation is calculated there as well. Though payments to contractors are made by branch offices, the fixed assets belonging to a branch office are not systematically managed in the branch, at least in the case of Pokhara Branch. The fixed asset list also does not include which branch the data belongs to, although it includes book values, purchase year, etc. It is recommended that the fixed asset list should be redeveloped to include branch-wise data because such data is important for the operating and maintenance works of the assets. Moreover, branch-wise information will be necessary when looking at separating the business of each branch, or if they become independent, in the future.
2-163 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter3 Project Evaluation
CHAPTER 3
PROJECT EVALUATION
Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter3 Project Evaluation
Chapter 3 Project Evaluation
3-1 Preconditions Following activities are preconditions of implementation of the Project:
1. NWSC acquires land for grit chamber/sedimentation tank and WTP 2. NWSC acquires right of usage of public land for three reservoirs sites NWSC prepares EIA report and obtains the approval from MoPE
3-2 Necessary Inputs by Recipient Country Nepalese side is responsible for following undertakings:
1. To organize and reinforce of O&M staff for operation of water supply facilities. (This activities shall be performed during and after the Project) 2. To ensure necessary budget for the operation and maintenance of water supply facilities. 3. To organize O&M staff at the timing of Detail Design, and endeavor understanding the content of facilities and its technology 4. To participate in Soft-Component, and utilizing the acquired the techniques for proper operation and maintenance of the Project. 5. To secure and expend appropriate the amount of budget for undertakings by Nepalese side (fence for grit chamber/sedimentation tank and WTP, arrangement for supply of electricity, installation of distribution pipe/ service pipe/ water meter etc.) 6. To be exempted customs duties, internal taxes, consumption tax, corporate tax/personal income tax and other fiscal levies with respect to the purchase of the Products and/or the Services.
After implementation of the Project, it is considered to require various corresponds described in the report in order to further improve the Pokhara water services shown in Appendix 6-10.
3-3 Important Assumptions Following issues are considered as important assumptions for the Project.
1. Security situation of the Project site does not affect implementation of the Project. 2. The staff of NWSC which caught the training by the Project continue operation and maintenance. 3. The power costs and fuel costs, etc. that are required for the operation and maintenance of water supply facilities does not increase beyond the assumed inflation rate.
3-4 Project Evaluation As shown below, it is evaluated that relevance of the Project is evaluated high, and also effectiveness is expected.
3-1 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter3 Project Evaluation
3-4-1 Relevance
The Project accords with important issues of GoN (the provision of reliable water supply and sanitation services by 2017 to all of the people with the goal), and it is in keeping with Japan’s policy for international assistance (support of social and economic infrastructure development for sustainable and balanced economic growth).
According to the social conditions survey and stakeholders meeting, almost all Pokhara citizen expects the Project implementation. In addition, improvement of water service will contribute to the tourism industry that is a major industry in Pokhara city.
Thus, relevance of the Project is evaluated as high.
3-4-2 Effectiveness
Following qualitative and quantitative effects are expected by implementation of the Project.
(1) Quantitative Effect Following quantitative effects are expected by implementation of the Project.
Table 3-4-1 Indicator of Quantitative Effect Baseline value Target value (year 2023) *1) Indicator (observed data in 2015) (three years after the Project completion) Water Quality Turbidity: 4 - 419 NTU*2) Turbidity: less than 5 NTU*4) (Turbidity, Residual Chlorine) Residual Chlorine: 0.0 mg/L *2) Residual Chlorine: more than 0.5 mg/L *4) Frequency of Water Supply 7 days/Week: 21%*3) 3-4 days/Week: 56%*3) 7 days/Week: 100% *5) 1 day/Week: 23%*3) *1) The target year shall be 2023, i.e. the evaluation of the Project will be done three years after the Project completion. *2) Measured at Bindhabasini reservoir during the rainy season, 2015 (Appendix 6-6). *3) The value based on the hearing from the customers and the social conditions survey (Appendix 6-13). *4) The concentration should be measured at the outlet of the WTP (at clear water reservoir). *5) It is assumed that the service area of NWSC Pokhara Branch as of 2023 will not significantly increase compared that of 2015.
Quality of Treated Water WTP which is to be constructed by the Project aims to improve water quality.
Currently, turbidity of water is high and chlorine is not dosed appropriately. Under the Project, the WTP and chlorination facility is constructed for improvement of water quality.
To measure the effectiveness, water samples are taken at outlet of the WTP and water quality of the samples are measured. Items of measurement are turbidity and residual chlorine, which is required to measure every day in the Nepalese law. In addition, these items are expected to be improved by the Project.
Baseline value for water quality (shown in Table 3-4-1) is set as measured value at Bindhabasini reservoir during the rainy season in 2015. Target value for water quality is less than 5 NTU for turbidity and more than 0.1mg/L for residual chlorine. The target value is decided in accordance with the water quality standards in Nepal.
3-2 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter3 Project Evaluation
Water quality standard for residual chlorine in Nepal is 0.1mg to 0.2mg/L. This figure is very low in comparison with Japanese Standard (less than 1.0mg/L) and WHO Standard (less than 5.0mg/L). In addition, for keeping 0.1mg/L of chlorine at the taps, it should be more than 0.5mg/L at the outlet of the WTP because of consumption of chlorine in distribution pipes. Therefore, target value for residual chlorine is set as 0.5mg/L at outlet of the WTP. It should be noted that the minimum value of the residual chlorine should fulfill the standard of Nepal at any places such as the WTP outlet, reservoirs and taps.
Target year is set as 2023, which is 3 years later the Project completion (2020). Monitoring is carried out by NWSC at the sampling points, and water quality is measured at the laboratory in the WTP.
Frequency of Water Supply Water distribution system is to be improved by the Project, so as to improve the frequency of water supply.
Currently according to the social conditions survey and hearing from customers at NWSC’s customer call center, some area in Pokhara city have 7 days/week water supply, but the other areas have 3 days/week water supply, or 1-2 days/week of water supply.
The Project, aims 7 days/week of water supply in the whole water supply area. Although supply hours are not 24 hours, the target is even water supply for the all service area. Therefore, target value for frequency of water supply is set as 7 days/week of water supply for 100% of the service area.
Monitoring item is the frequency of water supply. Baseline value is set as result of the social conditions survey and hearing from customers at NWSC’s customer call center.
This monitoring is carried out by NWSC by interviewing the frequency to customers at the customer call center.
(2) Qualitative Effect Improvement of water services by/through optimization of water supply pressure and reduction of water leakage Ratio of water leakage in Pokhara city is assumed as 36%, and water resource is not used effectively. Old water pipes, which have many water leakages are replaced, and some of service pipes are renewed under the Project. Moreover, water distribution areas are divided according to the location of reservoirs, and it is effective for keeping water supply pressure appropriate. In result, water services are expected to be improved.
Increase in revenue of NWSC Pokhara Branch by/through reduction of Non-Revenue Water and replacement of customer meter Under the Project, Nine thousands of customer meters are procured, and broken meters are replaced. It enables appropriate charge of water tariff, and it is also effective to avoid overuse of water by customers, because fixed-charge system is adopted for the broken meters.
In addition, decrease of non-revenue water (especially water leakage) contributes to increase of revenue water, and it also have positive impact to financial status of NWSC Pokhara Branch.
3-3 Preparatory Survey Report on the Project for Improvement of Water Supply in Pokhara Chapter3 Project Evaluation
Strengthening of financial status of NWSC Pokhara Branch and Improvement of livelihood of residence in Pokhara The above qualitative effects (improvement of water services and increase in revenue of NWSC Pokhara Branch) is expected to contribute to strengthen the financial status of NWSC Pokhara Branch as well as to improve livelihood of residence in Pokhara city.
3-4